projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
* config/tc-hppa.c (hppa_symbol_chars): New.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
367 char common;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
370 to be multiply defined. */
371 char dup_common;
372
373 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
374 char zero;
375
376 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
377 unsigned char sort;
378
379 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
380 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
381 int access;
382
383 /* Index of containing space. */
384 int space_index;
385
386 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
387 int alignment;
388
389 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
390 int quadrant;
391
392 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
393 int def_space_index;
394
395 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
396 subsegT subsegment;
397 };
398
399 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
400 dictionary entries. */
401
402 struct default_space_dict
403 {
404 /* Name of the space. */
405 char *name;
406
407 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
408 assembly code numerically! */
409 int spnum;
410
411 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
412 char loadable;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
415 char defined;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
418 char private;
419
420 /* Sort key for this space. */
421 unsigned char sort;
422
423 /* Segment associated with this space. */
424 asection *segment;
425 };
426 #endif
427
428 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
429 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
430 label. */
431 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
432 {
433 struct symbol *lss_label;
434 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
435 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
436 #endif
437 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
438 segT lss_segment;
439 #endif
440 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
441 }
442 label_symbol_struct;
443
444 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
445 struct hppa_fix_struct
446 {
447 /* The field selector. */
448 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
449
450 /* Type of fixup. */
451 int fx_r_type;
452
453 /* Format of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_format;
455
456 /* Argument relocation bits. */
457 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
458
459 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
460 segT segment;
461 };
462
463 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
464
465 struct pd_reg
466 {
467 char *name;
468 int value;
469 };
470
471 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
472 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
473 struct fp_cond_map
474 {
475 char *string;
476 int cond;
477 };
478
479 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
480 string to a field selector type. */
481 struct selector_entry
482 {
483 char *prefix;
484 int field_selector;
485 };
486
487 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
488
489 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
490 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
491 #endif
492
493 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
494 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
495 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
496 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
497 #endif
498 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
499 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
506 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
507 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
508 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
509 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
510 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
511 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
512 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
513 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
514 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
515 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
519 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
520 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
521 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
522 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
523 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
525 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
528 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
532 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
534 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
537 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
541 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
542 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
543 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
544 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
545 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
546 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
547 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
548 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
549 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
550 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
551 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
552 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
553 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
554 int, int, int,
555 asection *, int));
556 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
557 char *, int, int,
558 int, int, int,
559 int, int, int, int,
560 int, asection *));
561 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
562 char *, int, int, int,
563 int, int, int, int,
564 int, int, int,
565 asection *));
566 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
567 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
568 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
569 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
570 subsegT));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
572 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
573 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
574 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
575 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
576 #endif
577 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
578 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
579 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
580 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
581 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
582 int, unsigned int, int));
583 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
584 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
585 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
586 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
587 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
588 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
589 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
590 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
591
592 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
593 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
594 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
595 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
596 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
597 #endif
598
599 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
600
601 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
602 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
603 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
604 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
605
606 /* The current space and subspace. */
607 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
608 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
609 #endif
610
611 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
612 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
613
614 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
615 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
616 function labels. */
617 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
618
619 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
620 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
621
622 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
623 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
624
625 /* Those characters can be suffixes of opcode names. */
626 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = ",*!?=<>";
627
628 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
629 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
630 dependent tables? */
631 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
632 {
633 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
634 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
635 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
636 {"align", pa_align, 8},
637 #endif
638 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
639 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
640 #endif
641 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
642 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
643 {"block", pa_block, 1},
644 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
645 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
646 {"call", pa_call, 0},
647 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
648 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
649 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
650 #else
651 {"code", pa_text, 0},
652 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
653 #endif
654 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
655 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
656 #endif
657 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
658 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
659 {"data", pa_data, 0},
660 #endif
661 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
662 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
663 {"end", pa_end, 0},
664 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
665 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
666 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
667 #endif
668 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
669 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
670 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
671 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
672 {"export", pa_export, 0},
673 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
674 {"file", (void (*) PARAMS ((int))) dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
675 #endif
676 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
677 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
678 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
679 {"import", pa_import, 0},
680 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
681 {"label", pa_label, 0},
682 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
683 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
684 {"level", pa_level, 0},
685 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
686 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
687 #endif
688 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
689 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
690 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
691 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
692 #endif
693 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
694 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
695 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
696 {"param", pa_param, 0},
697 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
698 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
699 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
700 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
701 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
702 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
703 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
704 {"space", pa_space, 0},
705 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
706 #endif
707 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
708 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
709 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
710 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
711 #endif
712 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
713 {"text", pa_text, 0},
714 #endif
715 {"version", pa_version, 0},
716 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
717 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
718 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
719 #endif
720 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
721 {NULL, 0, 0}
722 };
723
724 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
725 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
726 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
727
728 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
729 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
730 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
731
732 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
733 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
734
735 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
736 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
737 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
738
739 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
740 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
741
742 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
743 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
744
745 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
746 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
747
748 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
749 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
750 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
751 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
752
753 static struct pa_it the_insn;
754
755 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
756 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
757 variable. */
758 static char *expr_end;
759
760 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
761 static int callinfo_found;
762
763 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
764 static int within_entry_exit;
765
766 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
767 static int within_procedure;
768
769 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
770 seen in each subspace. */
771 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
772
773 /* Holds the last field selector. */
774 static int hppa_field_selector;
775
776 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
777
778 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
779 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
780 static int strict = 0;
781
782 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
783 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
784 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
785 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
786 register has a `r' suffix. */
787 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
788 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
789 static int pa_number;
790
791 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
792 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
793 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
794 #endif
795
796 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
797 static int print_errors = 1;
798
799 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
800
801 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
802 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
803
804 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
805 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
806
807 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
808 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
809 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
810 again have the value <REGNUM>.
811
812 Many registers also have synonyms:
813
814 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
815 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
816 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
817 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
818 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
819
820 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
821 here for brevity.
822
823 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
824
825 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
826 {
827 {"%arg0", 26},
828 {"%arg1", 25},
829 {"%arg2", 24},
830 {"%arg3", 23},
831 {"%cr0", 0},
832 {"%cr10", 10},
833 {"%cr11", 11},
834 {"%cr12", 12},
835 {"%cr13", 13},
836 {"%cr14", 14},
837 {"%cr15", 15},
838 {"%cr16", 16},
839 {"%cr17", 17},
840 {"%cr18", 18},
841 {"%cr19", 19},
842 {"%cr20", 20},
843 {"%cr21", 21},
844 {"%cr22", 22},
845 {"%cr23", 23},
846 {"%cr24", 24},
847 {"%cr25", 25},
848 {"%cr26", 26},
849 {"%cr27", 27},
850 {"%cr28", 28},
851 {"%cr29", 29},
852 {"%cr30", 30},
853 {"%cr31", 31},
854 {"%cr8", 8},
855 {"%cr9", 9},
856 {"%dp", 27},
857 {"%eiem", 15},
858 {"%eirr", 23},
859 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
862 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
866 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
872 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
873 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
875 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
876 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
878 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
879 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
881 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
882 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
884 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
885 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
887 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
888 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
893 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
895 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
897 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
899 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
900 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
905 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
908 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
911 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
914 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
917 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
920 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
921 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
923 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
924 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
926 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
927 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
928 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
930 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
932 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
933 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
937 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
938 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
939 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
940 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
941 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
942 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
943 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
944 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
946 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
947 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
949 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
950 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
951 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
952 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
953 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
954 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
955 {"%hta", 25},
956 {"%iir", 19},
957 {"%ior", 21},
958 {"%ipsw", 22},
959 {"%isr", 20},
960 {"%itmr", 16},
961 {"%iva", 14},
962 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
963 {"%mrp", 2},
964 #else
965 {"%mrp", 31},
966 #endif
967 {"%pcoq", 18},
968 {"%pcsq", 17},
969 {"%pidr1", 8},
970 {"%pidr2", 9},
971 {"%pidr3", 12},
972 {"%pidr4", 13},
973 {"%ppda", 24},
974 {"%r0", 0},
975 {"%r1", 1},
976 {"%r10", 10},
977 {"%r11", 11},
978 {"%r12", 12},
979 {"%r13", 13},
980 {"%r14", 14},
981 {"%r15", 15},
982 {"%r16", 16},
983 {"%r17", 17},
984 {"%r18", 18},
985 {"%r19", 19},
986 {"%r2", 2},
987 {"%r20", 20},
988 {"%r21", 21},
989 {"%r22", 22},
990 {"%r23", 23},
991 {"%r24", 24},
992 {"%r25", 25},
993 {"%r26", 26},
994 {"%r27", 27},
995 {"%r28", 28},
996 {"%r29", 29},
997 {"%r3", 3},
998 {"%r30", 30},
999 {"%r31", 31},
1000 {"%r4", 4},
1001 {"%r5", 5},
1002 {"%r6", 6},
1003 {"%r7", 7},
1004 {"%r8", 8},
1005 {"%r9", 9},
1006 {"%rctr", 0},
1007 {"%ret0", 28},
1008 {"%ret1", 29},
1009 {"%rp", 2},
1010 {"%sar", 11},
1011 {"%sp", 30},
1012 {"%sr0", 0},
1013 {"%sr1", 1},
1014 {"%sr2", 2},
1015 {"%sr3", 3},
1016 {"%sr4", 4},
1017 {"%sr5", 5},
1018 {"%sr6", 6},
1019 {"%sr7", 7},
1020 {"%tr0", 24},
1021 {"%tr1", 25},
1022 {"%tr2", 26},
1023 {"%tr3", 27},
1024 {"%tr4", 28},
1025 {"%tr5", 29},
1026 {"%tr6", 30},
1027 {"%tr7", 31}
1028 };
1029
1030 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1031 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1032 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1033 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1034 {
1035 {"false?", 0},
1036 {"false", 1},
1037 {"true?", 30},
1038 {"true", 31},
1039 {"!<=>", 3},
1040 {"!?>=", 8},
1041 {"!?<=", 16},
1042 {"!<>", 7},
1043 {"!>=", 11},
1044 {"!?>", 12},
1045 {"?<=", 14},
1046 {"!<=", 19},
1047 {"!?<", 20},
1048 {"?>=", 22},
1049 {"!?=", 24},
1050 {"!=t", 27},
1051 {"<=>", 29},
1052 {"=t", 5},
1053 {"?=", 6},
1054 {"?<", 10},
1055 {"<=", 13},
1056 {"!>", 15},
1057 {"?>", 18},
1058 {">=", 21},
1059 {"!<", 23},
1060 {"<>", 25},
1061 {"!=", 26},
1062 {"!?", 28},
1063 {"?", 2},
1064 {"=", 4},
1065 {"<", 9},
1066 {">", 17}
1067 };
1068
1069 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1070 {
1071 {"f", e_fsel},
1072 {"l", e_lsel},
1073 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1074 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1075 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1076 {"ls", e_lssel},
1077 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1078 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1079 {"n", e_nsel},
1080 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1081 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1082 {"p", e_psel},
1083 {"r", e_rsel},
1084 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1085 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1086 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1087 {"rs", e_rssel},
1088 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1089 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1090 {"t", e_tsel},
1091 };
1092
1093 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1094 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1095
1096 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1097 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1098
1099 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1100 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1101 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1102 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1103 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1104 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1105 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1106 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1107 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1108
1109 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1110 {
1111 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1112 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1113 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1114 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1115 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1116 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1117 };
1118
1119 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1120 {
1121 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1122 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1123 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1124 };
1125
1126 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1127
1128 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1129 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1130 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1131 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1132 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1133
1134 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1135 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1136 #endif
1137
1138 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1139 a right or left half of a FP register */
1140 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1141 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1142
1143 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1144 main loop after insertion. */
1145
1146 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1147 { \
1148 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1149 continue; \
1150 }
1151
1152 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1153 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1154
1155 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1156 { \
1157 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1158 { \
1159 if (! IGNORE) \
1160 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1161 (int) (FIELD));\
1162 break; \
1163 } \
1164 }
1165
1166 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix3 and other places where
1167 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1168
1169 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1170 { \
1171 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1172 { \
1173 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1174 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1175 (int) (FIELD));\
1176 break; \
1177 } \
1178 }
1179
1180 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1181 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1182
1183 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1184 { \
1185 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1186 { \
1187 if (! IGNORE) \
1188 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1189 (int) (FIELD));\
1190 break; \
1191 } \
1192 }
1193
1194 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1195 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1196 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1197
1198 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1199 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1200 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1201
1202 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1203 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1204 need real complex handling yet. */
1205 #define is_complex(exp) \
1206 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1207
1208 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1209
1210 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1211 proc/procend pairs match. */
1212
1213 void
1214 pa_check_eof ()
1215 {
1216 if (within_entry_exit)
1217 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1218
1219 if (within_procedure)
1220 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1221 }
1222
1223 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1224 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1225
1226 static label_symbol_struct *
1227 pa_get_label ()
1228 {
1229 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1230
1231 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1232 label_chain;
1233 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1234 {
1235 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1236 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1237 return label_chain;
1238 #endif
1239 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1240 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1241 return label_chain;
1242 #endif
1243 }
1244
1245 return NULL;
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1249 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1250
1251 void
1252 pa_define_label (symbol)
1253 symbolS *symbol;
1254 {
1255 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1256
1257 if (label_chain)
1258 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1259 else
1260 {
1261 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1262 label_chain
1263 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1264 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1265 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1266 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1267 #endif
1268 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1269 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1270 #endif
1271 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1272
1273 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1274 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1275
1276 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1277 }
1278 }
1279
1280 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1281 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1282
1283 static void
1284 pa_undefine_label ()
1285 {
1286 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1287 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1288
1289 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1290 label_chain;
1291 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1292 {
1293 if (1
1294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1295 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1296 #endif
1297 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1298 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1299 #endif
1300 )
1301 {
1302 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1303 if (prev_label_chain)
1304 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1305 else
1306 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1307
1308 free (label_chain);
1309 break;
1310 }
1311 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1312 }
1313 }
1314
1315 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1316 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1317 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1318 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1319 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1320 tc_fix_data field. */
1321
1322 static void
1323 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1324 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1325 fragS *frag;
1326 int where;
1327 int size;
1328 symbolS *add_symbol;
1329 offsetT offset;
1330 expressionS *exp;
1331 int pcrel;
1332 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1333 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1334 int r_format;
1335 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1336 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1337 {
1338 fixS *new_fix;
1339
1340 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1341 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1342
1343 if (exp != NULL)
1344 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1345 else
1346 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1347 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1348 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1349 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1350 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1351 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1352 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1353 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1354 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1355 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1356 #endif
1357
1358 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1359 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1360 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1361 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1362 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1363 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1364 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1365 }
1366
1367 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1368 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1369
1370 void
1371 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1372 expressionS *exp;
1373 {
1374 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1375 expression (exp);
1376 }
1377
1378 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1379 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1380
1381 void
1382 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1383 fragS *frag;
1384 int where;
1385 int size;
1386 expressionS *exp;
1387 {
1388 unsigned int rel_type;
1389
1390 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1391 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1392 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1393 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1394 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1395 else
1396 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1397
1398 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1399 {
1400 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1401 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1402 }
1403
1404 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1405 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1406 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1407
1408 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1409 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1410 }
1411
1412 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1413 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1414
1415 void
1416 md_begin ()
1417 {
1418 const char *retval = NULL;
1419 int lose = 0;
1420 unsigned int i = 0;
1421
1422 last_call_info = NULL;
1423 call_info_root = NULL;
1424
1425 /* Set the default machine type. */
1426 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1427 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1428
1429 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1430 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1431 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1432 {
1433 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1434 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1435 }
1436
1437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1438 pa_spaces_begin ();
1439 #endif
1440
1441 op_hash = hash_new ();
1442
1443 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1444 {
1445 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1446 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1447 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1448 {
1449 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1450 lose = 1;
1451 }
1452 do
1453 {
1454 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1455 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1456 {
1457 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1458 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1459 lose = 1;
1460 }
1461 ++i;
1462 }
1463 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1464 }
1465
1466 if (lose)
1467 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1468
1469 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1470 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1471 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1472 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1473 #endif
1474
1475 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1476 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1477 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1478 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1479 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1480 #endif
1481 }
1482
1483 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1484 void
1485 md_assemble (str)
1486 char *str;
1487 {
1488 char *to;
1489
1490 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1491 assert (str);
1492
1493 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1494 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1495 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1496
1497 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1498 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1499 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1500 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1501 {
1502 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1503
1504 if (label_symbol)
1505 {
1506 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1507 {
1508 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1509 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1510 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1511 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1512 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1513 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1514 if (within_entry_exit)
1515 {
1516 char *where;
1517 unsigned int u;
1518
1519 where = frag_more (0);
1520 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1521 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1522 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1523 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1524 }
1525 #endif
1526 }
1527 else
1528 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1529 }
1530 else
1531 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1532 }
1533
1534 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1535 pa_ip (str);
1536
1537 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1538 to = frag_more (4);
1539
1540 /* Output the opcode. */
1541 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1542
1543 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1544 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1545 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1546 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1547 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1548 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1549
1550 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1551 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1552 #endif
1553 }
1554
1555 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1556 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1557
1558 static void
1559 pa_ip (str)
1560 char *str;
1561 {
1562 char *error_message = "";
1563 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1564 const char *args;
1565 int match = FALSE;
1566 int comma = 0;
1567 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1568 unsigned long opcode;
1569 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1570
1571 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1572 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1573 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1574 #endif
1575
1576 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1577 case. */
1578 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1579 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1580
1581 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1582 for (s = str;
1583 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1584 ++s)
1585 ;
1586
1587 switch (*s)
1588 {
1589
1590 case '\0':
1591 break;
1592
1593 case ',':
1594 comma = 1;
1595
1596 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1597
1598 case ' ':
1599 *s++ = '\0';
1600 break;
1601
1602 default:
1603 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1604 }
1605
1606 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1607 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1608 {
1609 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1610 return;
1611 }
1612
1613 if (comma)
1614 {
1615 *--s = ',';
1616 }
1617
1618 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1619 start processing them. */
1620 argstart = s;
1621 for (;;)
1622 {
1623 /* Do some initialization. */
1624 opcode = insn->match;
1625 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1626 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1627
1628 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1629
1630 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1631 then set a new architecture. */
1632 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1633 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1634 if (insn->arch < 20
1635 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1636 {
1637 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1638 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1639 }
1640 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1641 {
1642 match = FALSE;
1643 goto failed;
1644 }
1645
1646 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1647 sure that the operands match. */
1648 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1649 {
1650 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1651 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1652 s++;
1653
1654 switch (*args)
1655 {
1656
1657 /* End of arguments. */
1658 case '\0':
1659 if (*s == '\0')
1660 match = TRUE;
1661 break;
1662
1663 case '+':
1664 if (*s == '+')
1665 {
1666 ++s;
1667 continue;
1668 }
1669 if (*s == '-')
1670 continue;
1671 break;
1672
1673 /* These must match exactly. */
1674 case '(':
1675 case ')':
1676 case ',':
1677 case ' ':
1678 if (*s++ == *args)
1679 continue;
1680 break;
1681
1682 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1683 case 'b':
1684 case '^':
1685 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1686 break;
1687 num = pa_number;
1688 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1689 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1690
1691 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1692 is there. */
1693 case '!':
1694 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1695 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1696 s = s + 1;
1697
1698 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1699 {
1700 s += 4;
1701 continue;
1702 }
1703 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1704 {
1705 s += 5;
1706 continue;
1707 }
1708 break;
1709
1710 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1711 case 'x':
1712 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1713 break;
1714 num = pa_number;
1715 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1716 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1717
1718 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1719 case 't':
1720 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1721 break;
1722 num = pa_number;
1723 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1724 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1725
1726 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1727 case 'a':
1728 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1729 break;
1730 num = pa_number;
1731 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1732 opcode |= num << 16;
1733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1734
1735 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1736 case 'T':
1737 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1738 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1739 break;
1740 s = expr_end;
1741 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1742 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1743
1744 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1745 case '5':
1746 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1747 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1748 break;
1749 s = expr_end;
1750 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1751 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1752 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1753 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1754 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1755
1756 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1757 case 'V':
1758 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1759 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1760 break;
1761 s = expr_end;
1762 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1763 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1764 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1765 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1766 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1767
1768 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1769 case 'r':
1770 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1771 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1772 break;
1773 s = expr_end;
1774 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1775 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1776
1777 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1778 case 'R':
1779 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1780 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1781 break;
1782 s = expr_end;
1783 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1784 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1785
1786 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1787 case 'U':
1788 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1789 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1790 break;
1791 s = expr_end;
1792 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1793 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1794
1795 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1796 case 's':
1797 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1798 break;
1799 num = pa_number;
1800 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1801 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1802
1803 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1804 case 'S':
1805 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1806 break;
1807 num = pa_number;
1808 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1809 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1810 continue;
1811
1812 /* Handle all completers. */
1813 case 'c':
1814 switch (*++args)
1815 {
1816
1817 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1818 case 'X':
1819 case 'x':
1820 {
1821 int uu = 0;
1822 int m = 0;
1823 int i = 0;
1824 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1825 {
1826 s++;
1827 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1828 {
1829 uu = 1;
1830 m = 1;
1831 s++;
1832 i++;
1833 }
1834 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1835 m = 1;
1836 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1837 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1838 uu = 1;
1839 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1840 else if (strict)
1841 {
1842 s--;
1843 break;
1844 }
1845 else
1846 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1847 s++;
1848 i++;
1849 }
1850 if (i > 2)
1851 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1852 opcode |= m << 5;
1853 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1854 }
1855
1856 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1857 case 'M':
1858 case 'm':
1859 case 'q':
1860 case 'J':
1861 case 'e':
1862 {
1863 int a = 0;
1864 int m = 0;
1865 if (*s == ',')
1866 {
1867 int found = 0;
1868 s++;
1869 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1870 {
1871 a = 0;
1872 m = 1;
1873 found = 1;
1874 }
1875 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1876 {
1877 a = 1;
1878 m = 1;
1879 found = 1;
1880 }
1881
1882 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1883 if (!found && strict)
1884 s--;
1885 else
1886 {
1887 if (!found)
1888 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1889 s += 2;
1890 }
1891 }
1892 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1893 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1894 else if (*args == 'e')
1895 break;
1896
1897 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1898 encode the before/after field. */
1899 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1900 {
1901 opcode |= m << 5;
1902 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1903 }
1904 else if (*args == 'q')
1905 {
1906 opcode |= m << 3;
1907 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1908 }
1909 else if (*args == 'J')
1910 {
1911 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1912 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1913 }
1914 else if (*args == 'e')
1915 {
1916 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1917 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1918 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1919 opcode |= a;
1920 continue;
1921 }
1922 }
1923
1924 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1925 case 'A':
1926 case 's':
1927 {
1928 int a = 0;
1929 int m = 0;
1930 int i = 0;
1931 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1932 {
1933 s++;
1934 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1935 m = 1;
1936 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1937 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1938 a = 0;
1939 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1940 a = 1;
1941 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1942 else if (strict)
1943 {
1944 s--;
1945 break;
1946 }
1947 else
1948 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1949 s++;
1950 i++;
1951 }
1952 if (i > 2)
1953 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1954 opcode |= m << 5;
1955 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1956 }
1957
1958 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1959 case 'c':
1960 cmpltr = 0;
1961 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1962 {
1963 s += 3;
1964 cmpltr = 2;
1965 }
1966 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1967
1968 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1969 case 'C':
1970 cmpltr = 0;
1971 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1972 {
1973 s += 3;
1974 cmpltr = 2;
1975 }
1976 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1977 {
1978 s += 3;
1979 cmpltr = 1;
1980 }
1981 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1982
1983 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1984 case 'd':
1985 cmpltr = 0;
1986 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1987 {
1988 s += 3;
1989 cmpltr = 1;
1990 }
1991 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1992
1993 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1994 case 'o':
1995 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1996 break;
1997 s += 2;
1998 continue;
1999
2000 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
2001 case 'g':
2002 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
2003 break;
2004 s += 5;
2005 continue;
2006
2007 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2008 case 'p':
2009 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2010 break;
2011 s += 7;
2012 continue;
2013
2014 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2015 case 'l':
2016 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2017 break;
2018 s += 2;
2019 continue;
2020
2021 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2022 case 'P':
2023 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2024 break;
2025 s += 4;
2026 continue;
2027
2028 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2029 case 'L':
2030 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2031 break;
2032 s += 2;
2033 continue;
2034
2035 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2036 case 'w':
2037 flag = 0;
2038 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2039 {
2040 flag = 1;
2041 s += 2;
2042 }
2043 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2044 {
2045 flag = 0;
2046 s += 2;
2047 }
2048
2049 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2050
2051 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2052 case 'W':
2053 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2054 break;
2055 s += 2;
2056 continue;
2057
2058 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2059 case 'r':
2060 flag = 0;
2061 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2062 {
2063 flag = 5;
2064 s += 2;
2065 }
2066
2067 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2068
2069 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2070 case 'Z':
2071 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2072 {
2073 flag = 1;
2074 s += 2;
2075 }
2076 else
2077 flag = 0;
2078
2079 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2080
2081 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2082 case 'i':
2083 flag = 0;
2084 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2085 {
2086 flag = 1;
2087 s += 2;
2088 }
2089
2090 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2091
2092 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2093 case 'z':
2094 flag = 1;
2095 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2096 {
2097 flag = 0;
2098 s += 2;
2099 }
2100
2101 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2102
2103 /* Handle add completer. */
2104 case 'a':
2105 flag = 1;
2106 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2107 {
2108 flag = 2;
2109 s += 2;
2110 }
2111 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2112 {
2113 flag = 3;
2114 s += 4;
2115 }
2116
2117 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2118
2119 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2120 case 'Y':
2121 flag = 0;
2122 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2123 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2124 {
2125 flag = 1;
2126 s += 7;
2127 }
2128 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2129 {
2130 flag = 0;
2131 s += 3;
2132 }
2133 else
2134 break;
2135
2136 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2137
2138 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2139 case 'y':
2140 flag = 0;
2141 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2142 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2143 {
2144 flag = 1;
2145 s += 6;
2146 }
2147 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2148 {
2149 flag = 0;
2150 s += 2;
2151 }
2152 else
2153 break;
2154
2155 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2156
2157 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2158 case 'v':
2159 flag = 0;
2160 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2161 {
2162 flag = 1;
2163 s += 4;
2164 }
2165
2166 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2167
2168 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2169 case 't':
2170 flag = 0;
2171 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2172 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2173 {
2174 flag = 1;
2175 s += 7;
2176 }
2177 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2178 {
2179 flag = 0;
2180 s += 3;
2181 }
2182 else
2183 break;
2184
2185 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2186
2187 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2188 case 'B':
2189 flag = 0;
2190 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2191 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2192 {
2193 flag = 1;
2194 s += 7;
2195 }
2196 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2197 {
2198 flag = 0;
2199 s += 3;
2200 }
2201 else
2202 break;
2203
2204 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2205
2206 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2207 case 'b':
2208 flag = 0;
2209 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2210 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2211 {
2212 flag = 1;
2213 s += 6;
2214 }
2215 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2216 {
2217 flag = 0;
2218 s += 2;
2219 }
2220 else
2221 break;
2222
2223 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2224
2225 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2226 case 'T':
2227 flag = 0;
2228 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2229 {
2230 flag = 1;
2231 s += 3;
2232 }
2233
2234 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2235
2236 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2237 case 'S':
2238 {
2239 int sign = 1;
2240 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2241 {
2242 sign = 1;
2243 s += 2;
2244 }
2245 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2246 {
2247 sign = 0;
2248 s += 2;
2249 }
2250
2251 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2252 }
2253
2254 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2255 case 'h':
2256 if (*s++ == ',')
2257 {
2258 int lr = 0;
2259 if (*s == 'r')
2260 lr = 2;
2261 else if (*s == 'l')
2262 lr = 0;
2263 else
2264 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2265
2266 s++;
2267 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2268 }
2269 else
2270 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2271 break;
2272
2273 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2274 case 'H':
2275 {
2276 int sat = 3;
2277 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2278 {
2279 sat = 1;
2280 s += 3;
2281 }
2282 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2283 {
2284 sat = 0;
2285 s += 3;
2286 }
2287
2288 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2289 }
2290
2291 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2292 case '*':
2293 if (*s++ == ',')
2294 {
2295 int permloc[4];
2296 int perm = 0;
2297 int i = 0;
2298 permloc[0] = 13;
2299 permloc[1] = 10;
2300 permloc[2] = 8;
2301 permloc[3] = 6;
2302 for (; i < 4; i++)
2303 {
2304 switch (*s++)
2305 {
2306 case '0':
2307 perm = 0;
2308 break;
2309 case '1':
2310 perm = 1;
2311 break;
2312 case '2':
2313 perm = 2;
2314 break;
2315 case '3':
2316 perm = 3;
2317 break;
2318 default:
2319 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2320 }
2321 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2322 }
2323 continue;
2324 }
2325 else
2326 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2327 break;
2328
2329 default:
2330 abort ();
2331 }
2332 break;
2333
2334 /* Handle all conditions. */
2335 case '?':
2336 {
2337 args++;
2338 switch (*args)
2339 {
2340 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2341 case 'f':
2342 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2343 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2344
2345 /* Handle an add condition. */
2346 case 'A':
2347 case 'a':
2348 cmpltr = 0;
2349 flag = 0;
2350 if (*s == ',')
2351 {
2352 s++;
2353
2354 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2355 if (*args == 'A')
2356 {
2357 if (*s == '*')
2358 s++;
2359 else
2360 break;
2361 }
2362 else if (*s == '*')
2363 break;
2364 name = s;
2365
2366 name = s;
2367 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2368 s += 1;
2369 c = *s;
2370 *s = 0x00;
2371 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2372 cmpltr = 1;
2373 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2374 cmpltr = 2;
2375 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2376 cmpltr = 3;
2377 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2378 cmpltr = 4;
2379 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2380 cmpltr = 5;
2381 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2382 cmpltr = 6;
2383 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2384 cmpltr = 7;
2385 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2386 {
2387 cmpltr = 0;
2388 flag = 1;
2389 }
2390 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2391 {
2392 cmpltr = 1;
2393 flag = 1;
2394 }
2395 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2396 {
2397 cmpltr = 2;
2398 flag = 1;
2399 }
2400 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2401 {
2402 cmpltr = 3;
2403 flag = 1;
2404 }
2405 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2406 {
2407 cmpltr = 4;
2408 flag = 1;
2409 }
2410 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2411 {
2412 cmpltr = 5;
2413 flag = 1;
2414 }
2415 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2416 {
2417 cmpltr = 6;
2418 flag = 1;
2419 }
2420 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2421 {
2422 cmpltr = 7;
2423 flag = 1;
2424 }
2425 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2426 else if (*args == 'a')
2427 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2428 *s = c;
2429 }
2430 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2431 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2432
2433 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2434 case 'd':
2435 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2436 if (cmpltr < 0)
2437 {
2438 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2439 cmpltr = 0;
2440 }
2441 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2442
2443 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2444 case 'W':
2445 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2446 if (cmpltr < 0)
2447 {
2448 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2449 cmpltr = 0;
2450 }
2451 else
2452 {
2453 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2454 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2455 }
2456 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2457
2458 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2459 condition. */
2460 case '@':
2461 save_s = s;
2462 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2463 if (cmpltr < 0)
2464 {
2465 s = save_s;
2466 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2467 if (cmpltr < 0)
2468 {
2469 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2470 cmpltr = 0;
2471 }
2472 else
2473 {
2474 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2475 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2476 }
2477 }
2478 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2479
2480 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2481 case 'B':
2482 case 'b':
2483 cmpltr = 0;
2484 if (*s == ',')
2485 {
2486 s++;
2487
2488 if (*args == 'B')
2489 {
2490 if (*s == '*')
2491 s++;
2492 else
2493 break;
2494 }
2495 else if (*s == '*')
2496 break;
2497
2498 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2499 {
2500 cmpltr = 0;
2501 s++;
2502 }
2503 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2504 {
2505 cmpltr = 1;
2506 s += 2;
2507 }
2508 else
2509 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2510 }
2511 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2512
2513 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2514 case 'S':
2515 case 's':
2516 cmpltr = 0;
2517 flag = 0;
2518 if (*s == ',')
2519 {
2520 s++;
2521
2522 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2523 if (*args == 'S')
2524 {
2525 if (*s == '*')
2526 s++;
2527 else
2528 break;
2529 }
2530 else if (*s == '*')
2531 break;
2532 name = s;
2533
2534 name = s;
2535 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2536 s += 1;
2537 c = *s;
2538 *s = 0x00;
2539 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2540 cmpltr = 1;
2541 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2542 cmpltr = 2;
2543 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2544 cmpltr = 3;
2545 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2546 cmpltr = 4;
2547 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2548 cmpltr = 5;
2549 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2550 cmpltr = 6;
2551 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2552 cmpltr = 7;
2553 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2554 {
2555 cmpltr = 0;
2556 flag = 1;
2557 }
2558 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2559 {
2560 cmpltr = 1;
2561 flag = 1;
2562 }
2563 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2564 {
2565 cmpltr = 2;
2566 flag = 1;
2567 }
2568 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2569 {
2570 cmpltr = 3;
2571 flag = 1;
2572 }
2573 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2574 {
2575 cmpltr = 4;
2576 flag = 1;
2577 }
2578 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2579 {
2580 cmpltr = 5;
2581 flag = 1;
2582 }
2583 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2584 {
2585 cmpltr = 6;
2586 flag = 1;
2587 }
2588 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2589 {
2590 cmpltr = 7;
2591 flag = 1;
2592 }
2593 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2594 else if (*args != 'S')
2595 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2596 name);
2597 *s = c;
2598 }
2599 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2600 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2601
2602 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2603 case 't':
2604 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2605 if (cmpltr < 0)
2606 {
2607 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2608 cmpltr = 0;
2609 }
2610 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2611
2612 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2613 case 'n':
2614 save_s = s;
2615 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2616 if (cmpltr < 0)
2617 {
2618 s = save_s;
2619 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2620 if (cmpltr < 0)
2621 {
2622 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2623 cmpltr = 0;
2624 }
2625 else
2626 {
2627 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2628 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2629 }
2630 }
2631
2632 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2633
2634 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2635 case 'N':
2636 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2637 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2638 {
2639 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2640 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2641 }
2642 else
2643 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2644 break;
2645
2646 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2647
2648 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2649 case 'Q':
2650 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2651 if (cmpltr < 0)
2652 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2653 break;
2654
2655 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2656
2657 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2658 case 'L':
2659 case 'l':
2660 cmpltr = 0;
2661 flag = 0;
2662 if (*s == ',')
2663 {
2664 s++;
2665
2666 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2667 if (*args == 'L')
2668 {
2669 if (*s == '*')
2670 s++;
2671 else
2672 break;
2673 }
2674 else if (*s == '*')
2675 break;
2676
2677 name = s;
2678 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2679 s += 1;
2680 c = *s;
2681 *s = 0x00;
2682
2683 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2684 cmpltr = 1;
2685 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2686 cmpltr = 2;
2687 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2688 cmpltr = 3;
2689 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2690 cmpltr = 7;
2691 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2692 {
2693 cmpltr = 0;
2694 flag = 1;
2695 }
2696 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2697 {
2698 cmpltr = 1;
2699 flag = 1;
2700 }
2701 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2702 {
2703 cmpltr = 2;
2704 flag = 1;
2705 }
2706 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2707 {
2708 cmpltr = 3;
2709 flag = 1;
2710 }
2711 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2712 {
2713 cmpltr = 7;
2714 flag = 1;
2715 }
2716 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2717 else if (*args != 'L')
2718 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2719 *s = c;
2720 }
2721 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2722 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2723
2724 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2725 case 'X':
2726 case 'x':
2727 case 'y':
2728 cmpltr = 0;
2729 if (*s == ',')
2730 {
2731 save_s = s++;
2732
2733 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2734 if (*args == 'X')
2735 {
2736 if (*s == '*')
2737 s++;
2738 else
2739 break;
2740 }
2741 else if (*s == '*')
2742 break;
2743
2744 name = s;
2745 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2746 s += 1;
2747 c = *s;
2748 *s = 0x00;
2749 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2750 cmpltr = 1;
2751 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2752 cmpltr = 2;
2753 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2754 cmpltr = 3;
2755 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2756 cmpltr = 4;
2757 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2758 cmpltr = 5;
2759 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2760 cmpltr = 6;
2761 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2762 cmpltr = 7;
2763 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2764 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2765 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2766 {
2767 *s = c;
2768 s = save_s;
2769 continue;
2770 }
2771 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2772 else if (*args != 'X')
2773 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2774 *s = c;
2775 }
2776 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2777
2778 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2779 case 'U':
2780 case 'u':
2781 cmpltr = 0;
2782 flag = 0;
2783 if (*s == ',')
2784 {
2785 s++;
2786
2787 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2788 if (*args == 'U')
2789 {
2790 if (*s == '*')
2791 s++;
2792 else
2793 break;
2794 }
2795 else if (*s == '*')
2796 break;
2797
2798 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2799 {
2800 cmpltr = 2;
2801 s += 3;
2802 }
2803 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2804 {
2805 cmpltr = 3;
2806 s += 3;
2807 }
2808 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2809 {
2810 cmpltr = 4;
2811 s += 3;
2812 }
2813 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2814 {
2815 cmpltr = 6;
2816 s += 3;
2817 }
2818 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 7;
2821 s += 3;
2822 }
2823 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2824 {
2825 cmpltr = 0;
2826 flag = 1;
2827 s += 2;
2828 }
2829 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2830 {
2831 cmpltr = 2;
2832 flag = 1;
2833 s += 3;
2834 }
2835 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2836 {
2837 cmpltr = 3;
2838 flag = 1;
2839 s += 3;
2840 }
2841 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 4;
2844 flag = 1;
2845 s += 3;
2846 }
2847 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2848 {
2849 cmpltr = 6;
2850 flag = 1;
2851 s += 3;
2852 }
2853 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 7;
2856 flag = 1;
2857 s += 3;
2858 }
2859 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2860 {
2861 cmpltr = 1;
2862 flag = 0;
2863 s += 3;
2864 }
2865 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 5;
2868 flag = 0;
2869 s += 3;
2870 }
2871 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2872 {
2873 cmpltr = 1;
2874 flag = 1;
2875 s += 3;
2876 }
2877 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2878 {
2879 cmpltr = 5;
2880 flag = 1;
2881 s += 3;
2882 }
2883 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2884 else if (*args != 'U')
2885 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2886 }
2887 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2888 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2889
2890 default:
2891 abort ();
2892 }
2893 break;
2894 }
2895
2896 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2897 case 'n':
2898 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2899 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2900
2901 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2902 case 'N':
2903 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2904 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2905
2906 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2907 case 'L':
2908 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2909 s += 4;
2910 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2911 s += 4;
2912 else
2913 break;
2914 continue;
2915
2916 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2917 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2918 case 'h':
2919 get_expression (s);
2920 s = expr_end;
2921 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2922 {
2923 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2924 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2925 num++;
2926 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2927 }
2928 else
2929 break;
2930
2931 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2932 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2933 case 'm':
2934 get_expression (s);
2935 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2936 {
2937 s = expr_end;
2938 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2939 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2940 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2941 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2942 }
2943 else
2944 break;
2945
2946 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2947 case '=':
2948 {
2949 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2950 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2951 }
2952
2953 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2954 case 'i':
2955 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2956 get_expression (s);
2957 s = expr_end;
2958 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2959 {
2960 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2961 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2962 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2963 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2964 }
2965 else
2966 {
2967 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2968 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2969 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2970 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2971 else
2972 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2973 the_insn.format = 11;
2974 continue;
2975 }
2976
2977 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2978 case 'J':
2979 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2980 get_expression (s);
2981 s = expr_end;
2982 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2983 {
2984 int mb;
2985
2986 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2987 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2988 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2989 good to rethink this. */
2990 mb = opcode & 1;
2991 opcode -= mb;
2992 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2993 if (mb != (num < 0))
2994 break;
2995 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2996 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2997 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2998 }
2999 break;
3000
3001 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3002 case 'K':
3003 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3004 get_expression (s);
3005 s = expr_end;
3006 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3007 {
3008 int mb;
3009
3010 mb = opcode & 1;
3011 opcode -= mb;
3012 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3013 if (mb == (num < 0))
3014 break;
3015 if (num % 4)
3016 break;
3017 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3018 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3019 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3020 }
3021 break;
3022
3023 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3024 case '<':
3025 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3026 get_expression (s);
3027 s = expr_end;
3028 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3029 {
3030 int mb;
3031
3032 mb = opcode & 1;
3033 opcode -= mb;
3034 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3035 if (mb != (num < 0))
3036 break;
3037 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3038 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3039 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3040 }
3041 break;
3042
3043 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3044 case '>':
3045 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3046 get_expression (s);
3047 s = expr_end;
3048 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3049 {
3050 int mb;
3051
3052 mb = opcode & 1;
3053 opcode -= mb;
3054 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3055 if (mb == (num < 0))
3056 break;
3057 if (num % 4)
3058 break;
3059 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3060 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3061 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3062 }
3063 break;
3064
3065 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3066 case '#':
3067 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3068 get_expression (s);
3069 s = expr_end;
3070 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3071 {
3072 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3073 if (num & 0x7)
3074 break;
3075 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3076 if (num < 0)
3077 opcode |= 1;
3078 num &= 0x1fff;
3079 num >>= 3;
3080 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3081 }
3082 else
3083 {
3084 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3085 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3086 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3087 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3088 else
3089 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3090 the_insn.format = 14;
3091 continue;
3092 }
3093 break;
3094
3095 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3096 case 'd':
3097 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3098 get_expression (s);
3099 s = expr_end;
3100 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3101 {
3102 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3103 if (num & 0x3)
3104 break;
3105 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3106 if (num < 0)
3107 opcode |= 1;
3108 num &= 0x1fff;
3109 num >>= 2;
3110 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3111 }
3112 else
3113 {
3114 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3115 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3116 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3117 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3118 else
3119 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3120 the_insn.format = 14;
3121 continue;
3122 }
3123
3124 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3125 case 'j':
3126 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3127 get_expression (s);
3128 s = expr_end;
3129 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3130 {
3131 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3132 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3133 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3134 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3135 }
3136 else
3137 {
3138 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3139 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3140 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3141 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3142 else
3143 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3144 the_insn.format = 14;
3145 continue;
3146 }
3147
3148 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3149 case 'k':
3150 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3151 get_expression (s);
3152 s = expr_end;
3153 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3154 {
3155 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3156 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3157 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3158 continue;
3159 }
3160 else
3161 {
3162 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3163 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3164 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3165 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3166 else
3167 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3168 the_insn.format = 21;
3169 continue;
3170 }
3171
3172 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3173 case 'l':
3174 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3175 get_expression (s);
3176 s = expr_end;
3177 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3178 {
3179 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3180 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3181 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3182 continue;
3183 }
3184 else
3185 {
3186 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3187 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3188 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3189 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3190 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3191 else
3192 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3193 the_insn.format = 14;
3194 continue;
3195 }
3196
3197 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3198 case 'y':
3199 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3200 get_expression (s);
3201 s = expr_end;
3202 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3203 {
3204 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3205 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3206 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3207 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3208 continue;
3209 }
3210 else
3211 {
3212 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3213 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3214 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3215 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3216 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3217 else
3218 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3219 the_insn.format = 14;
3220 continue;
3221 }
3222
3223 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3224 case '&':
3225 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3226 get_expression (s);
3227 s = expr_end;
3228 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3229 {
3230 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3231 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3232 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3233 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3234 continue;
3235 }
3236 else
3237 {
3238 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3239 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3240 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3241 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3242 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3243 else
3244 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3245 the_insn.format = 14;
3246 continue;
3247 }
3248
3249 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3250 case 'w':
3251 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3252 get_expression (s);
3253 s = expr_end;
3254 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3255 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3256 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3257 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3258 {
3259 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3260 if (num % 4)
3261 {
3262 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3263 break;
3264 }
3265 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3266 num -= 8;
3267 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3268 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3269 continue;
3270 }
3271 else
3272 {
3273 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3274 the_insn.format = 12;
3275 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3276 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3277 s = expr_end;
3278 continue;
3279 }
3280
3281 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3282 case 'W':
3283 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3284 get_expression (s);
3285 s = expr_end;
3286 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3287 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3288 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3289 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3290 {
3291 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3292 if (num % 4)
3293 {
3294 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3295 break;
3296 }
3297 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3298 num -= 8;
3299 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3300 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3301 continue;
3302 }
3303 else
3304 {
3305 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3306 the_insn.format = 17;
3307 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3308 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3309 continue;
3310 }
3311
3312 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3313 case 'X':
3314 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3315 get_expression (s);
3316 s = expr_end;
3317 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3318 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3319 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3320 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3321 {
3322 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3323 if (num % 4)
3324 {
3325 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3326 break;
3327 }
3328 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3329 num -= 8;
3330 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3331 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3332 }
3333 else
3334 {
3335 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3336 the_insn.format = 22;
3337 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3338 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3339 continue;
3340 }
3341
3342 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3343 case 'z':
3344 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3345 get_expression (s);
3346 s = expr_end;
3347 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3348 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3349 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3350 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3351 {
3352 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3353 if (num % 4)
3354 {
3355 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3356 break;
3357 }
3358 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3359 num -= 8;
3360 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3361 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3362 continue;
3363 }
3364 else
3365 {
3366 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3367 the_insn.format = 17;
3368 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3369 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3370 continue;
3371 }
3372
3373 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3374 case 'Z':
3375 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3376 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3377 {
3378 s += 4;
3379 continue;
3380 }
3381 else
3382 break;
3383
3384 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3385 case 'Y':
3386 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3387 break;
3388 s += 9;
3389 continue;
3390
3391 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3392 case '@':
3393 if (*s != '0')
3394 break;
3395 s++;
3396 continue;
3397
3398 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3399 case '.':
3400 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3401 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3402 break;
3403 s = expr_end;
3404 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3405 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3406
3407 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3408 case '*':
3409 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3410 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3411 break;
3412 s = expr_end;
3413 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3414 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3415
3416 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3417 case 'p':
3418 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3419 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3420 break;
3421 s = expr_end;
3422 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3423 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3424
3425 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3426 case '~':
3427 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3428 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3429 break;
3430 s = expr_end;
3431 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3432 num = 63 - num;
3433 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3434 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3435
3436 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3437 case '%':
3438 flag = 0;
3439 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3440 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3441 break;
3442 s = expr_end;
3443 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3444 num--;
3445 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3446 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3447 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3448
3449 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3450 case '|':
3451 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3452 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3453 break;
3454 s = expr_end;
3455 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3456 num--;
3457 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3458 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3459 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3460
3461 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3462 case 'P':
3463 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3464 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3465 break;
3466 s = expr_end;
3467 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3468 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3469
3470 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3471 case 'q':
3472 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3473 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3474 break;
3475 s = expr_end;
3476 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3477 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3478 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3479
3480 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3481 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3482 case 'B':
3483 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3484 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3485 break;
3486 s = expr_end;
3487 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3488 if (num & 0x20)
3489 ;
3490 else
3491 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3492 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3493
3494 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3495 case 'Q':
3496 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3497 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3498 break;
3499 s = expr_end;
3500 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3501 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3502
3503 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3504 case '$':
3505 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3506 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3507 break;
3508 s = expr_end;
3509 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3510 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3511
3512 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3513 case 'A':
3514 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3515 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3516 break;
3517 s = expr_end;
3518 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3519 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3520
3521 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3522 case 'D':
3523 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3524 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3525 break;
3526 s = expr_end;
3527 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3528 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3529
3530 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3531 case 'v':
3532 if (*s++ != ',')
3533 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3534 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3535 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3536 break;
3537 s = expr_end;
3538 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3539 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3540
3541 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3542 case 'O':
3543 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3544 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3545 break;
3546 s = expr_end;
3547 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3548 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3549 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3550
3551 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3552 case 'o':
3553 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3554 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3555 break;
3556 s = expr_end;
3557 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3558 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3559
3560 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3561 case '0':
3562 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3563 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3564 break;
3565 s = expr_end;
3566 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3567 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3568 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3569
3570 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3571 case '1':
3572 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3573 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3574 break;
3575 s = expr_end;
3576 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3577 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3578 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3579
3580 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3581 case 'u':
3582 if (*s++ != ',')
3583 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3584 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3585 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3586 break;
3587 s = expr_end;
3588 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3590
3591 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3592 case '2':
3593 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3594 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3595 break;
3596 s = expr_end;
3597 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3598 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3599 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3600
3601 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3602 case '{':
3603 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3604 {
3605 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3606 s += 2;
3607 }
3608 else
3609 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3610 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3611 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3612 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3613 flag = SGL;
3614 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3615 flag = DBL;
3616 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3617 flag = QUAD;
3618 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3619
3620 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3621 case '_':
3622 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3623 s--;
3624 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3625 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3626 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3627 flag = SGL;
3628 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3629 flag = DBL;
3630 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3631 flag = QUAD;
3632 opcode |= flag << 13;
3633 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3634 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3635 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3636 {
3637 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3638 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3639 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3640 flag = 0;
3641 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3642 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3643 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3644 flag = 2;
3645 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3646 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3647 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3648 flag = 6;
3649 else
3650 abort ();
3651 }
3652 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3653 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3654 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3655 {
3656 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3657 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3658 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3659 flag = 1;
3660 else
3661 abort ();
3662 }
3663 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3664 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3665 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3666 {
3667 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3668 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3669 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3670 flag = 5;
3671 else
3672 abort ();
3673 }
3674 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3675 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3676
3677 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3678 case 'F':
3679 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3680 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3681 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3682
3683 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3684 case 'G':
3685 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3686 s--;
3687 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3688 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3689 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3690
3691 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3692 case 'I':
3693 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3694 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3695 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3696
3697 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3698 Only allows single and double precision. */
3699 case 'H':
3700 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3701 switch (flag)
3702 {
3703 case SGL:
3704 opcode |= 0x20;
3705 case DBL:
3706 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3707 continue;
3708
3709 case QUAD:
3710 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3711 default:
3712 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3713 }
3714 break;
3715
3716 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3717 case 'f':
3718 switch (*++args)
3719 {
3720 /* Float target register. */
3721 case 't':
3722 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3723 break;
3724 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3725 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3726 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3727
3728 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3729 case 'T':
3730 {
3731 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3732 break;
3733 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3734 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3735 opcode |= num;
3736
3737 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3738 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3739 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3740 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3741 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3742 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3743
3744 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3745 continue;
3746 }
3747
3748 /* Float operand 1. */
3749 case 'a':
3750 {
3751 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3752 break;
3753 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3754 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3755 opcode |= num << 21;
3756 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3757 {
3758 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3759 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3760 }
3761 continue;
3762 }
3763
3764 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3765 case 'X':
3766 case 'A':
3767 {
3768 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3769 break;
3770 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3771 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3772 opcode |= num << 21;
3773 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3774 continue;
3775 }
3776
3777 /* Float operand 2. */
3778 case 'b':
3779 {
3780 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3781 break;
3782 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3783 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3784 opcode |= num << 16;
3785 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3786 {
3787 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3788 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3789 }
3790 continue;
3791 }
3792
3793 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3794 case 'B':
3795 {
3796 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3797 break;
3798 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3799 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3800 opcode |= num << 16;
3801 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3802 continue;
3803 }
3804
3805 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3806 case 'C':
3807 {
3808 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3809 break;
3810 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3811 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3812 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3813 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3814 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3815 continue;
3816 }
3817
3818 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3819 case 'i':
3820 {
3821 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3822 break;
3823 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3824 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3825 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3826 {
3827 if (num < 16)
3828 {
3829 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3830 break;
3831 }
3832 num &= 0xF;
3833 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3834 }
3835 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3836 }
3837
3838 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3839 case 'j':
3840 {
3841 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3842 break;
3843 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3844 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3845 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3846 {
3847 if (num < 16)
3848 {
3849 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3850 break;
3851 }
3852 num &= 0xF;
3853 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3854 }
3855 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3856 }
3857
3858 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3859 case 'k':
3860 {
3861 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3862 break;
3863 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3864 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3865 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3866 {
3867 if (num < 16)
3868 {
3869 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3870 break;
3871 }
3872 num &= 0xF;
3873 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3874 }
3875 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3876 }
3877
3878 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3879 case 'l':
3880 {
3881 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3882 break;
3883 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3884 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3885 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3886 {
3887 if (num < 16)
3888 {
3889 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3890 break;
3891 }
3892 num &= 0xF;
3893 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3894 }
3895 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3896 }
3897
3898 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3899 case 'm':
3900 {
3901 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3902 break;
3903 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3904 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3905 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3906 {
3907 if (num < 16)
3908 {
3909 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3910 break;
3911 }
3912 num &= 0xF;
3913 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3914 }
3915 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3916 }
3917
3918 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3919 case 'E':
3920 case 'e':
3921 {
3922 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3923 break;
3924 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3925 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3926 opcode |= num << 16;
3927 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3928 {
3929 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3930 }
3931 continue;
3932 }
3933
3934 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3935 case 'x':
3936 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3937 break;
3938 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3939 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3940 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3941
3942 default:
3943 abort ();
3944 }
3945 break;
3946
3947 default:
3948 abort ();
3949 }
3950 break;
3951 }
3952
3953 failed:
3954 /* Check if the args matched. */
3955 if (!match)
3956 {
3957 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3958 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3959 {
3960 ++insn;
3961 s = argstart;
3962 continue;
3963 }
3964 else
3965 {
3966 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3967 return;
3968 }
3969 }
3970 break;
3971 }
3972
3973 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3974 }
3975
3976 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3977 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3978 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3979
3980 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3981
3982 char *
3983 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3984 char type;
3985 char *litP;
3986 int *sizeP;
3987 {
3988 int prec;
3989 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3990 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3991 char *t;
3992
3993 switch (type)
3994 {
3995
3996 case 'f':
3997 case 'F':
3998 case 's':
3999 case 'S':
4000 prec = 2;
4001 break;
4002
4003 case 'd':
4004 case 'D':
4005 case 'r':
4006 case 'R':
4007 prec = 4;
4008 break;
4009
4010 case 'x':
4011 case 'X':
4012 prec = 6;
4013 break;
4014
4015 case 'p':
4016 case 'P':
4017 prec = 6;
4018 break;
4019
4020 default:
4021 *sizeP = 0;
4022 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4023 }
4024 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4025 if (t)
4026 input_line_pointer = t;
4027 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4028 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4029 {
4030 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4031 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4032 }
4033 return NULL;
4034 }
4035
4036 /* Write out big-endian. */
4037
4038 void
4039 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4040 char *buf;
4041 valueT val;
4042 int n;
4043 {
4044 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4045 }
4046
4047 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4048 format. */
4049
4050 arelent **
4051 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4052 asection *section;
4053 fixS *fixp;
4054 {
4055 arelent *reloc;
4056 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4057 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4058 arelent **relocs;
4059 reloc_type **codes;
4060 reloc_type code;
4061 int n_relocs;
4062 int i;
4063
4064 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4065 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4066 return &no_relocs;
4067
4068 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4069 assert (section != 0);
4070
4071 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4072
4073 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4074 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4075 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4076 fixp->fx_r_type,
4077 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4078 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4079 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4080 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4081
4082 if (codes == NULL)
4083 {
4084 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4085 abort ();
4086 }
4087
4088 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4089 ;
4090
4091 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4092 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4093 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4094 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4095
4096 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4097
4098 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4099 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4100 {
4101 default:
4102 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4103
4104 code = *codes[0];
4105
4106 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4107 switch (code)
4108 {
4109 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4110 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4111 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4112 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4113 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4114 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4115 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4116 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4117 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4118 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4119
4120 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4121 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4122 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4123 reloc->addend = 0;
4124 break;
4125
4126 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4127 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4128 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4129 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4130 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4131 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4132 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4133 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4134 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4135 fixp->fx_offset);
4136 break;
4137 #endif
4138
4139 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4140 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4141 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4142 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4143 /* Fall thru */
4144
4145 default:
4146 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4147 break;
4148 }
4149
4150 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4151 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4152 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4153 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4154 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4155
4156 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4157 break;
4158 }
4159 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4160
4161 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4162 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4163 {
4164 code = *codes[i];
4165
4166 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4167 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4168 relocs[i]->howto =
4169 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4170 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4171 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4172
4173 switch (code)
4174 {
4175 case R_COMP2:
4176 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4177 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4178 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4179 assert (i == 1);
4180 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4181 relocs[0]->howto =
4182 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4183 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4184 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4185 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4186 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4187 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4188 relocs[1]->howto =
4189 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4190 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4191 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4192 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4193 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4194 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4195 relocs[2]->howto =
4196 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4197 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4198 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4199 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4200 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4201 relocs[3]->howto =
4202 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4203 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4204 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4205 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4206 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4207 relocs[4]->howto =
4208 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4209 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4210 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4211 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4212 goto done;
4213 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4214 case R_ABS_CALL:
4215 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4216 break;
4217
4218 case R_DLT_REL:
4219 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4220 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4221 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4222 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4223 (static link required).
4224
4225 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4226
4227 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4228 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4229 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4230 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4231 break;
4232
4233 case R_N_MODE:
4234 case R_S_MODE:
4235 case R_D_MODE:
4236 case R_R_MODE:
4237 case R_FSEL:
4238 case R_LSEL:
4239 case R_RSEL:
4240 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4241 case R_END_BRTAB:
4242 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4243 case R_N0SEL:
4244 case R_N1SEL:
4245 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4246 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4247 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4248 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4249 break;
4250
4251 case R_END_TRY:
4252 case R_ENTRY:
4253 case R_EXIT:
4254 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4255 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4256 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4257 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4258 break;
4259
4260 default:
4261 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4262 }
4263 }
4264
4265 done:
4266 #endif
4267
4268 return relocs;
4269 }
4270
4271 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4272
4273 void
4274 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4275 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4276 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4277 register fragS *fragP;
4278 {
4279 unsigned int address;
4280
4281 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4282 {
4283 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4284 {
4285 case 0:
4286 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4287 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4288 know (fragP->fr_next);
4289 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4290 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4291 {
4292 fragP->fr_offset =
4293 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4294 - fragP->fr_address
4295 - fragP->fr_fix;
4296 }
4297 else
4298 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4299 break;
4300 }
4301 }
4302 }
4303
4304 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4305
4306 valueT
4307 md_section_align (segment, size)
4308 asection *segment;
4309 valueT size;
4310 {
4311 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4312 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4313
4314 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4315 }
4316
4317 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4318 int
4319 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4320 register fragS *fragP;
4321 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4322 {
4323 int size;
4324
4325 size = 0;
4326
4327 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4328 size++;
4329
4330 return size;
4331 }
4332 \f
4333 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4334 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4335 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4336 # else
4337 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4338 # endif
4339 #else
4340 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4341 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4342 # else
4343 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4344 # endif
4345 #endif
4346
4347 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4348 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4349 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4350 #endif
4351 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4352 };
4353 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4354
4355 int
4356 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4357 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4358 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4359 {
4360 switch (c)
4361 {
4362 default:
4363 return 0;
4364
4365 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4366 case 'V':
4367 print_version_id ();
4368 break;
4369 #endif
4370 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4371 case 'c':
4372 warn_comment = 1;
4373 break;
4374 #endif
4375 }
4376
4377 return 1;
4378 }
4379
4380 void
4381 md_show_usage (stream)
4382 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4383 {
4384 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4385 fprintf (stream, _("\
4386 -Q ignored\n"));
4387 #endif
4388 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4389 fprintf (stream, _("\
4390 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4391 #endif
4392 }
4393 \f
4394 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4395
4396 symbolS *
4397 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4398 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4399 {
4400 return 0;
4401 }
4402
4403 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4404 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4405 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4406 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4407 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4408 #else
4409 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4410 #endif
4411
4412 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4413
4414 void
4415 md_apply_fix3 (fixP, valP, seg)
4416 fixS *fixP;
4417 valueT *valP;
4418 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4419 {
4420 unsigned char *buf;
4421 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4422 offsetT new_val;
4423 int insn, val, fmt;
4424
4425 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4426 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4427 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4428 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4429 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4430 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4431 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4432 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4433 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4434 return;
4435
4436 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4437 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4438 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4439 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4440 {
4441 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4442 return;
4443 }
4444 #endif
4445 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4446 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4447 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4448 return;
4449 #endif
4450
4451 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4452 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4453
4454 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4455 with the GAS fixup. */
4456 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4457 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4458 {
4459 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4460 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4461 fixP->fx_r_type);
4462 return;
4463 }
4464
4465 buf = (unsigned char *) (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where);
4466 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4467 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4468
4469 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4470 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4471 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4472 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4473 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4474 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4475 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4476 && fmt != 32
4477 #endif
4478 )
4479 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4480 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4481 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4482 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4483 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4484 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4485 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4486 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4487 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4488 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4489 #endif
4490 else
4491 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4492
4493 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4494 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4495 && fixP->fx_addsy
4496 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4497 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4498 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4499 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4500 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4501 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4502 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4503 #endif
4504 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4505 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4506 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4507 #endif
4508 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4509 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4510 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4511 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4512 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4513 {
4514 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4515 }
4516
4517 switch (fmt)
4518 {
4519 case 10:
4520 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4521 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4522 val = new_val;
4523
4524 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4525 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4526 break;
4527 case -11:
4528 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4529 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4530 val = new_val;
4531
4532 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4533 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4534 break;
4535 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4536 case 14:
4537 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4538 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4539 val = new_val;
4540
4541 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4542 break;
4543
4544 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4545 case 21:
4546 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4547 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4548 val = new_val;
4549
4550 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4551 break;
4552
4553 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4554 case 11:
4555 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4556 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4557 val = new_val;
4558
4559 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4560 break;
4561
4562 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4563 case 12:
4564 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4565 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4566 val = new_val - 8;
4567
4568 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4569 break;
4570
4571 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4572 case 17:
4573 {
4574 offsetT distance = * valP;
4575
4576 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4577 range target, then we want to complain. */
4578 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4579 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4580 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4581 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4582
4583 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4584 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4585 val = new_val - 8;
4586
4587 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4588 break;
4589 }
4590
4591 case 22:
4592 {
4593 offsetT distance = * valP;
4594
4595 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4596 range target, then we want to complain. */
4597 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4598 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4599 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4600 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4601
4602 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4603 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4604 val = new_val - 8;
4605
4606 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4607 break;
4608 }
4609
4610 case -10:
4611 val = new_val;
4612 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4613 break;
4614
4615 case -16:
4616 val = new_val;
4617 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4618 break;
4619
4620 case 16:
4621 val = new_val;
4622 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4623 break;
4624
4625 case 32:
4626 insn = new_val;
4627 break;
4628
4629 default:
4630 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4631 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4632 return;
4633 }
4634
4635 /* Insert the relocation. */
4636 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4637 }
4638
4639 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4640 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4641
4642 long
4643 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4644 fixS *fixP;
4645 {
4646 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4647 }
4648
4649 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4650 a statement. */
4651
4652 static int
4653 is_end_of_statement ()
4654 {
4655 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4656 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4657 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4658 }
4659
4660 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4661 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4662 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4663
4664 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4665 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4666 returned in `pa_number'.
4667
4668 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4669 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4670 not set.
4671
4672 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4673 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4674
4675 static int
4676 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4677 char **s;
4678 int is_float;
4679 {
4680 int num;
4681 char *name;
4682 char c;
4683 symbolS *sym;
4684 int status;
4685 char *p = *s;
4686 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
4687
4688 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4689 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4690 p = p + 1;
4691
4692 pa_number = -1;
4693 have_prefix = 0;
4694 num = 0;
4695 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4696 {
4697 /* Looks like a number. */
4698
4699 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4700 {
4701 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4702 p += 2;
4703 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4704 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4705 {
4706 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4707 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4708 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4709 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4710 else
4711 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4712 ++p;
4713 }
4714 }
4715 else
4716 {
4717 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4718 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4719 {
4720 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4721 ++p;
4722 }
4723 }
4724
4725 pa_number = num;
4726
4727 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4728 if (is_float)
4729 {
4730 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4731 if (! (is_float & 2))
4732 {
4733 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4734 {
4735 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4736 ++p;
4737 }
4738 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4739 {
4740 ++p;
4741 }
4742 }
4743 }
4744 }
4745 else if (*p == '%')
4746 {
4747 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4748 have_prefix = 1;
4749 name = p;
4750 p++;
4751 c = *p;
4752 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4753 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4754 slow. */
4755 if (c == 'r')
4756 {
4757 p++;
4758 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4759 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4760 {
4761 p += 2;
4762 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4763 p++;
4764 }
4765 else if (*p == 'p')
4766 {
4767 num = 2;
4768 p++;
4769 }
4770 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4771 {
4772 if (print_errors)
4773 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4774 num = -1;
4775 }
4776 else
4777 {
4778 do
4779 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4780 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4781 }
4782 }
4783 else
4784 {
4785 /* Do a normal register search. */
4786 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4787 {
4788 p = p + 1;
4789 c = *p;
4790 }
4791 *p = 0;
4792 status = reg_name_search (name);
4793 if (status >= 0)
4794 num = status;
4795 else
4796 {
4797 if (print_errors)
4798 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4799 num = -1;
4800 }
4801 *p = c;
4802 }
4803
4804 pa_number = num;
4805 }
4806 else
4807 {
4808 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4809 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4810 name = p;
4811 c = *p;
4812 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4813 {
4814 p = p + 1;
4815 c = *p;
4816 }
4817 *p = 0;
4818 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4819 {
4820 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4821 {
4822 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4823 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4824 register, so... */
4825 have_prefix = TRUE;
4826 }
4827 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4828 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4829 else if (!strict)
4830 {
4831 if (print_errors)
4832 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4833 num = -1;
4834 }
4835 }
4836 else if (!strict)
4837 {
4838 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4839 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4840 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4841 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4842 if (*name == 0)
4843 num = 0;
4844 else
4845 {
4846 if (print_errors)
4847 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4848 num = -1;
4849 }
4850 }
4851 *p = c;
4852
4853 pa_number = num;
4854 }
4855
4856 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4857 {
4858 *s = p;
4859 return 1;
4860 }
4861 return 0;
4862 }
4863
4864 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4865
4866 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4867 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4868
4869 static int
4870 reg_name_search (name)
4871 char *name;
4872 {
4873 int middle, low, high;
4874 int cmp;
4875
4876 low = 0;
4877 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4878
4879 do
4880 {
4881 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4882 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4883 if (cmp < 0)
4884 high = middle - 1;
4885 else if (cmp > 0)
4886 low = middle + 1;
4887 else
4888 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4889 }
4890 while (low <= high);
4891
4892 return -1;
4893 }
4894
4895 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4896 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4897
4898 static int
4899 need_pa11_opcode ()
4900 {
4901 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4902 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4903 {
4904 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4905 then set a new architecture. */
4906 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4907 {
4908 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4909 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4910 }
4911 return TRUE;
4912 }
4913 else
4914 return FALSE;
4915 }
4916
4917 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4918 code associated with the condition. */
4919
4920 static int
4921 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4922 char **s;
4923 {
4924 int cond, i;
4925
4926 cond = 0;
4927
4928 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4929 {
4930 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4931 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4932 {
4933 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4934 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4935 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4936 report an error. */
4937 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4938 {
4939 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4940 break;
4941 }
4942 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4943 *s = *s + 1;
4944 return cond;
4945 }
4946 }
4947
4948 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4949
4950 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4951 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4952 *s += 1;
4953
4954 return 0;
4955 }
4956
4957 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4958
4959 static int
4960 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4961 char **s;
4962 {
4963 int value;
4964
4965 value = 0;
4966 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4967 {
4968 value = 5;
4969 *s += 4;
4970 }
4971 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4972 {
4973 value = 9;
4974 *s += 4;
4975 }
4976 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4977 {
4978 value = 13;
4979 *s += 4;
4980 }
4981 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4982 {
4983 value = 17;
4984 *s += 4;
4985 }
4986 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4987 {
4988 value = 1;
4989 *s += 3;
4990 }
4991 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4992 {
4993 value = 6;
4994 *s += 4;
4995 }
4996 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4997 {
4998 value = 2;
4999 *s += 3;
5000 }
5001 else
5002 {
5003 value = 0;
5004 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5005 }
5006
5007 return value;
5008 }
5009
5010 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5011 type. */
5012
5013 static fp_operand_format
5014 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5015 char **s;
5016 {
5017 int format;
5018
5019 format = SGL;
5020 if (**s == ',')
5021 {
5022 *s += 1;
5023 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5024 {
5025 format = SGL;
5026 *s += 4;
5027 }
5028 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5029 {
5030 format = DBL;
5031 *s += 4;
5032 }
5033 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5034 {
5035 format = QUAD;
5036 *s += 5;
5037 }
5038 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5039 {
5040 format = W;
5041 *s += 2;
5042 }
5043 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5044 {
5045 format = UW;
5046 *s += 3;
5047 }
5048 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5049 {
5050 format = DW;
5051 *s += 3;
5052 }
5053 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5054 {
5055 format = UDW;
5056 *s += 4;
5057 }
5058 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5059 {
5060 format = QW;
5061 *s += 3;
5062 }
5063 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5064 {
5065 format = UQW;
5066 *s += 4;
5067 }
5068 else
5069 {
5070 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5071 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5072 }
5073 }
5074
5075 return format;
5076 }
5077
5078 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5079 type. */
5080
5081 static fp_operand_format
5082 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5083 char **s;
5084 {
5085 int format;
5086
5087 format = SGL;
5088 if (**s == ',')
5089 {
5090 *s += 1;
5091 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5092 {
5093 format = SGL;
5094 *s += 4;
5095 }
5096 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5097 {
5098 format = DBL;
5099 *s += 4;
5100 }
5101 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5102 {
5103 format = QUAD;
5104 *s += 5;
5105 }
5106 else
5107 {
5108 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5109 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5110 }
5111 }
5112
5113 return format;
5114 }
5115
5116 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5117
5118 static int
5119 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5120 char **str;
5121 {
5122 int middle, low, high;
5123 int cmp;
5124 char name[4];
5125
5126 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5127 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5128 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5129 *str = *str + 1;
5130
5131 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5132 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5133 name[1] = 0;
5134 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5135 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5136 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5137 name[2] = 0;
5138 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5139 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5140 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5141 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5142 name[3] = 0;
5143 else
5144 return e_fsel;
5145
5146 low = 0;
5147 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5148
5149 do
5150 {
5151 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5152 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5153 if (cmp < 0)
5154 high = middle - 1;
5155 else if (cmp > 0)
5156 low = middle + 1;
5157 else
5158 {
5159 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5160 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5161 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5162 return e_fsel;
5163 #endif
5164 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5165 }
5166 }
5167 while (low <= high);
5168
5169 return e_fsel;
5170 }
5171
5172 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5173
5174 static int
5175 get_expression (str)
5176 char *str;
5177 {
5178 char *save_in;
5179 asection *seg;
5180
5181 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5182 input_line_pointer = str;
5183 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5184 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5185 || seg == undefined_section
5186 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5187 {
5188 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5189 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5190 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5191 return 1;
5192 }
5193 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5194 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5195 return 0;
5196 }
5197
5198 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5199 static int
5200 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5201 struct pa_it *insn;
5202 char **strp;
5203 {
5204 char *save_in;
5205
5206 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5207 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5208 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5209 expression (&insn->exp);
5210 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5211
5212 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5213 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5214 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5215
5216 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5217 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5218 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5219 {
5220 char *s, c;
5221 int retval;
5222
5223 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5224 s = *strp;
5225 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5226 s++;
5227
5228 c = *s;
5229 *s = 0;
5230
5231 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5232
5233 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5234 *s = c;
5235 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5236 }
5237 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5238 and return to our caller. */
5239 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5240 {
5241 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5242 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5243 return 0;
5244 }
5245 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5246 {
5247 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5248 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5249 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5250 return 0;
5251 }
5252 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5253 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5254 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5255 }
5256
5257 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5258 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5259 static int
5260 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5261 struct pa_it *insn;
5262 {
5263 offsetT value;
5264 expressionS exp;
5265 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5266
5267 exp = insn->exp;
5268 value = exp.X_add_number;
5269
5270 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5271 }
5272
5273 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5274 argument location number. */
5275
5276 static unsigned int
5277 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5278 char *type_name;
5279 {
5280
5281 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5282 return 0;
5283 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5284 return 1;
5285 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5286 return 2;
5287 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5288 return 3;
5289 else
5290 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5291
5292 return 0;
5293 }
5294
5295 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5296 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5297
5298 static unsigned int
5299 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5300 unsigned int reg;
5301 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5302 {
5303 unsigned int new_reloc;
5304
5305 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5306 switch (reg)
5307 {
5308 case 0:
5309 new_reloc <<= 8;
5310 break;
5311 case 1:
5312 new_reloc <<= 6;
5313 break;
5314 case 2:
5315 new_reloc <<= 4;
5316 break;
5317 case 3:
5318 new_reloc <<= 2;
5319 break;
5320 default:
5321 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5322 }
5323
5324 return new_reloc;
5325 }
5326
5327 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5328 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5329
5330 static int
5331 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5332 char **s;
5333 {
5334 int nullif;
5335
5336 nullif = 0;
5337 if (**s == ',')
5338 {
5339 *s = *s + 1;
5340 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5341 nullif = 1;
5342 else
5343 {
5344 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5345 nullif = 0;
5346 }
5347 *s = *s + 1;
5348 }
5349
5350 return nullif;
5351 }
5352
5353 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5354 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5355
5356 static int
5357 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5358 char **s;
5359 {
5360 int cmpltr;
5361 char *name = *s + 1;
5362 char c;
5363 char *save_s = *s;
5364 int nullify = 0;
5365
5366 cmpltr = 0;
5367 if (**s == ',')
5368 {
5369 *s += 1;
5370 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5371 *s += 1;
5372 c = **s;
5373 **s = 0x00;
5374
5375 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5376 {
5377 cmpltr = 1;
5378 }
5379 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5380 {
5381 cmpltr = 2;
5382 }
5383 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5384 {
5385 cmpltr = 3;
5386 }
5387 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5388 {
5389 cmpltr = 4;
5390 }
5391 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5392 {
5393 cmpltr = 5;
5394 }
5395 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5396 {
5397 cmpltr = 6;
5398 }
5399 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5400 {
5401 cmpltr = 7;
5402 }
5403 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5404 completer. */
5405 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5406 {
5407 cmpltr = 0;
5408 nullify = 1;
5409 }
5410 else
5411 {
5412 cmpltr = -1;
5413 }
5414 **s = c;
5415 }
5416
5417 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5418 if (nullify)
5419 *s = save_s;
5420
5421 return cmpltr;
5422 }
5423
5424 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5425 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5426
5427 static int
5428 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5429 char **s;
5430 {
5431 int cmpltr;
5432 char *name = *s + 1;
5433 char c;
5434 char *save_s = *s;
5435 int nullify = 0;
5436
5437 cmpltr = 0;
5438 if (**s == ',')
5439 {
5440 *s += 1;
5441 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5442 *s += 1;
5443 c = **s;
5444 **s = 0x00;
5445
5446 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5447 {
5448 cmpltr = 0;
5449 }
5450 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5451 {
5452 cmpltr = 1;
5453 }
5454 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5455 {
5456 cmpltr = 2;
5457 }
5458 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5459 {
5460 cmpltr = 3;
5461 }
5462 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5463 {
5464 cmpltr = 4;
5465 }
5466 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5467 {
5468 cmpltr = 5;
5469 }
5470 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5471 {
5472 cmpltr = 6;
5473 }
5474 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5475 {
5476 cmpltr = 7;
5477 }
5478 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5479 completer. */
5480 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5481 {
5482 cmpltr = 0;
5483 nullify = 1;
5484 }
5485 else
5486 {
5487 cmpltr = -1;
5488 }
5489 **s = c;
5490 }
5491
5492 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5493 if (nullify)
5494 *s = save_s;
5495
5496 return cmpltr;
5497 }
5498
5499 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5500 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5501
5502 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5503 returned as 8-15. */
5504
5505 static int
5506 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5507 char **s;
5508 {
5509 int cmpltr;
5510 char *name = *s + 1;
5511 char c;
5512
5513 cmpltr = -1;
5514 if (**s == ',')
5515 {
5516 *s += 1;
5517 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5518 *s += 1;
5519 c = **s;
5520 **s = 0x00;
5521
5522 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5523 {
5524 cmpltr = 0;
5525 }
5526 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5527 {
5528 cmpltr = 1;
5529 }
5530 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5531 {
5532 cmpltr = 2;
5533 }
5534 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5535 {
5536 cmpltr = 3;
5537 }
5538 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5539 {
5540 cmpltr = 4;
5541 }
5542 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5543 {
5544 cmpltr = 5;
5545 }
5546 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5547 {
5548 cmpltr = 6;
5549 }
5550 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5551 {
5552 cmpltr = 7;
5553 }
5554 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5555 {
5556 cmpltr = 8;
5557 }
5558 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5559 {
5560 cmpltr = 9;
5561 }
5562 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5563 {
5564 cmpltr = 10;
5565 }
5566 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5567 {
5568 cmpltr = 11;
5569 }
5570 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5571 {
5572 cmpltr = 12;
5573 }
5574 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5575 {
5576 cmpltr = 13;
5577 }
5578 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5579 {
5580 cmpltr = 14;
5581 }
5582 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5583 {
5584 cmpltr = 15;
5585 }
5586 else
5587 {
5588 cmpltr = -1;
5589 }
5590 **s = c;
5591 }
5592
5593 return cmpltr;
5594 }
5595
5596 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5597 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5598
5599 static int
5600 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5601 char **s;
5602 {
5603 int cmpltr;
5604 char *name = *s + 1;
5605 char c;
5606
5607 cmpltr = -1;
5608 if (**s == ',')
5609 {
5610 *s += 1;
5611 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5612 *s += 1;
5613 c = **s;
5614 **s = 0x00;
5615
5616 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5617 {
5618 cmpltr = 0;
5619 }
5620 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5621 {
5622 cmpltr = 1;
5623 }
5624 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5625 {
5626 cmpltr = 2;
5627 }
5628 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5629 {
5630 cmpltr = 3;
5631 }
5632 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5633 {
5634 cmpltr = 4;
5635 }
5636 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5637 {
5638 cmpltr = 5;
5639 }
5640 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5641 {
5642 cmpltr = 6;
5643 }
5644 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5645 {
5646 cmpltr = 7;
5647 }
5648 else
5649 {
5650 cmpltr = -1;
5651 }
5652 **s = c;
5653 }
5654
5655 return cmpltr;
5656 }
5657
5658 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5659 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5660
5661 static int
5662 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5663 char **s;
5664 {
5665 int cmpltr;
5666 char *name = *s + 1;
5667 char c;
5668 char *save_s = *s;
5669 int nullify = 0;
5670
5671 cmpltr = 0;
5672 if (**s == ',')
5673 {
5674 *s += 1;
5675 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5676 *s += 1;
5677 c = **s;
5678 **s = 0x00;
5679 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5680 {
5681 cmpltr = 1;
5682 }
5683 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5684 {
5685 cmpltr = 2;
5686 }
5687 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5688 {
5689 cmpltr = 3;
5690 }
5691 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5692 {
5693 cmpltr = 4;
5694 }
5695 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5696 {
5697 cmpltr = 5;
5698 }
5699 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5700 {
5701 cmpltr = 6;
5702 }
5703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5704 {
5705 cmpltr = 7;
5706 }
5707 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5708 completer. */
5709 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5710 {
5711 cmpltr = 0;
5712 nullify = 1;
5713 }
5714 else
5715 {
5716 cmpltr = -1;
5717 }
5718 **s = c;
5719 }
5720
5721 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5722 if (nullify)
5723 *s = save_s;
5724
5725 return cmpltr;
5726 }
5727
5728 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5729 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5730
5731 static int
5732 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5733 char **s;
5734 {
5735 int cmpltr;
5736 char *name = *s + 1;
5737 char c;
5738 char *save_s = *s;
5739 int nullify = 0;
5740
5741 cmpltr = 0;
5742 if (**s == ',')
5743 {
5744 *s += 1;
5745 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5746 *s += 1;
5747 c = **s;
5748 **s = 0x00;
5749 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5750 {
5751 cmpltr = 0;
5752 }
5753 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5754 {
5755 cmpltr = 1;
5756 }
5757 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5758 {
5759 cmpltr = 2;
5760 }
5761 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5762 {
5763 cmpltr = 3;
5764 }
5765 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5766 {
5767 cmpltr = 4;
5768 }
5769 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5770 {
5771 cmpltr = 5;
5772 }
5773 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5774 {
5775 cmpltr = 6;
5776 }
5777 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5778 {
5779 cmpltr = 7;
5780 }
5781 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5782 completer. */
5783 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5784 {
5785 cmpltr = 0;
5786 nullify = 1;
5787 }
5788 else
5789 {
5790 cmpltr = -1;
5791 }
5792 **s = c;
5793 }
5794
5795 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5796 if (nullify)
5797 *s = save_s;
5798
5799 return cmpltr;
5800 }
5801
5802 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5803 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5804
5805 static int
5806 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5807 char **s;
5808 {
5809 int cmpltr;
5810 char *name = *s + 1;
5811 char c;
5812 char *save_s = *s;
5813 int nullify = 0;
5814
5815 cmpltr = 0;
5816 if (**s == ',')
5817 {
5818 *s += 1;
5819 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5820 *s += 1;
5821 c = **s;
5822 **s = 0x00;
5823 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5824 {
5825 cmpltr = 1;
5826 }
5827 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5828 {
5829 cmpltr = 2;
5830 }
5831 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5832 {
5833 cmpltr = 3;
5834 }
5835 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5836 {
5837 cmpltr = 4;
5838 }
5839 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5840 {
5841 cmpltr = 5;
5842 }
5843 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5844 {
5845 cmpltr = 6;
5846 }
5847 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5848 {
5849 cmpltr = 7;
5850 }
5851 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5852 {
5853 cmpltr = 8;
5854 }
5855 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5856 {
5857 cmpltr = 9;
5858 }
5859 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5860 {
5861 cmpltr = 10;
5862 }
5863 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5864 {
5865 cmpltr = 11;
5866 }
5867 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5868 {
5869 cmpltr = 12;
5870 }
5871 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5872 {
5873 cmpltr = 13;
5874 }
5875 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5876 {
5877 cmpltr = 14;
5878 }
5879 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5880 {
5881 cmpltr = 15;
5882 }
5883 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5884 completer. */
5885 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5886 {
5887 cmpltr = 0;
5888 nullify = 1;
5889 }
5890 else
5891 {
5892 cmpltr = -1;
5893 }
5894 **s = c;
5895 }
5896
5897 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5898 if (nullify)
5899 *s = save_s;
5900
5901 return cmpltr;
5902 }
5903
5904 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5905 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5906 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5907 static void
5908 pa_align (bytes)
5909 int bytes;
5910 {
5911 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5912 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5913
5914 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5915 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5916
5917 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5918 alignment if necessary. */
5919 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5920 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5921 }
5922 #endif
5923
5924 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5925
5926 static void
5927 pa_block (z)
5928 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5929 {
5930 char *p;
5931 long int temp_fill;
5932 unsigned int temp_size;
5933 unsigned int i;
5934
5935 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5936 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5937 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5938 #endif
5939
5940 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5941
5942 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5943 temp_fill = 0;
5944
5945 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5946 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5947 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5948
5949 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5950
5951 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5952 {
5953 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5954 (valueT) temp_fill,
5955 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5956 }
5957
5958 pa_undefine_label ();
5959 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5960 }
5961
5962 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5963
5964 static void
5965 pa_brtab (begin)
5966 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5967 {
5968
5969 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5970 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5971 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5972 char *where = frag_more (0);
5973
5974 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5975 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5976 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5977 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5978 #endif
5979
5980 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5981 }
5982
5983 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5984
5985 static void
5986 pa_try (begin)
5987 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5988 {
5989 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5990 expressionS exp;
5991 char *where = frag_more (0);
5992
5993 if (! begin)
5994 expression (&exp);
5995
5996 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5997 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5998
5999 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6000 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6001 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6002 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6003 #endif
6004
6005 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6006 }
6007
6008 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6009 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6010 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6011
6012 static void
6013 pa_call (unused)
6014 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6015 {
6016 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6017 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6018 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6019 #endif
6020
6021 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6022 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6023 }
6024
6025 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6026 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6027
6028 static void
6029 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6030 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6031 {
6032 char *name, c, *p;
6033 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6034
6035 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6036 {
6037 name = input_line_pointer;
6038 c = get_symbol_end ();
6039 /* Process a source argument. */
6040 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6041 {
6042 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6043 p = input_line_pointer;
6044 *p = c;
6045 input_line_pointer++;
6046 name = input_line_pointer;
6047 c = get_symbol_end ();
6048 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6049 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6050 }
6051 /* Process a return value. */
6052 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6053 {
6054 p = input_line_pointer;
6055 *p = c;
6056 input_line_pointer++;
6057 name = input_line_pointer;
6058 c = get_symbol_end ();
6059 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6060 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6061 }
6062 else
6063 {
6064 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6065 }
6066 p = input_line_pointer;
6067 *p = c;
6068 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6069 input_line_pointer++;
6070 }
6071 }
6072
6073 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6074
6075 static int
6076 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6077 fragS *frag1;
6078 fragS *frag2;
6079 {
6080
6081 if (frag1 == NULL)
6082 return (FALSE);
6083 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6084 return (FALSE);
6085 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6086 return (TRUE);
6087 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6088 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6089 else
6090 return (FALSE);
6091 }
6092
6093 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6094 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6095 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6096 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6097 of the unwind spaces. */
6098
6099 static void
6100 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6101 struct call_info *call_info;
6102 {
6103 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6104 subsegT save_subseg;
6105 unsigned int unwind;
6106 int reloc;
6107 char *p;
6108
6109 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6110 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6111 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6112 return;
6113
6114 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6115 save_seg = now_seg;
6116 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6117 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6118 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6119 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6120 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6121 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6122 {
6123 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6124 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6125 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6126 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6127 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6128 }
6129
6130 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6131
6132 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6133 descriptor. */
6134 p = frag_more (16);
6135
6136 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6137 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6138 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6139 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6140 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6141 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6142
6143 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6144
6145 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6146 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6147 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6148 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6149 finished with its work. */
6150 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6151 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6152 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6153 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6154 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6155
6156 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6157 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6158 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6159
6160 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6161 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6162
6163 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6164 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6165 }
6166 #endif
6167
6168 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6169 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6170 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6171
6172 static void
6173 pa_callinfo (unused)
6174 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6175 {
6176 char *name, c, *p;
6177 int temp;
6178
6179 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6180 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6181 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6182 #endif
6183
6184 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6185 if (!within_procedure)
6186 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6187
6188 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6189 current procedure. */
6190 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6191
6192 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6193 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6194 {
6195 name = input_line_pointer;
6196 c = get_symbol_end ();
6197 /* Frame size specification. */
6198 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6199 {
6200 p = input_line_pointer;
6201 *p = c;
6202 input_line_pointer++;
6203 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6204 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6205 {
6206 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6207 temp = 0;
6208 }
6209
6210 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6211 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6212
6213 }
6214 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6215 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6216 {
6217 p = input_line_pointer;
6218 *p = c;
6219 input_line_pointer++;
6220 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6221 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6222 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6223 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6224 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6225 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6226 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6227 }
6228 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6229 {
6230 p = input_line_pointer;
6231 *p = c;
6232 input_line_pointer++;
6233 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6234 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6235 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6236 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6237 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6238 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6239 }
6240 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6241 {
6242 p = input_line_pointer;
6243 *p = c;
6244 input_line_pointer++;
6245 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6246 if (temp != 3)
6247 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6248 }
6249 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6250 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6251 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6252 {
6253 p = input_line_pointer;
6254 *p = c;
6255 }
6256 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6257 {
6258 p = input_line_pointer;
6259 *p = c;
6260 }
6261 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6262 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6263 {
6264 p = input_line_pointer;
6265 *p = c;
6266 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6267 }
6268 /* Likewise for SP. */
6269 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6270 {
6271 p = input_line_pointer;
6272 *p = c;
6273 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6274 }
6275 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6276 in the unwind descriptor. */
6277 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6278 {
6279 p = input_line_pointer;
6280 *p = c;
6281 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6282 }
6283 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6284 unwind descriptor. */
6285 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6286 {
6287 p = input_line_pointer;
6288 *p = c;
6289 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6290 }
6291 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6292 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6293 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6294 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6295 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6296 {
6297 p = input_line_pointer;
6298 *p = c;
6299 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6300 }
6301 else
6302 {
6303 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6304 *input_line_pointer = c;
6305 }
6306 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6307 input_line_pointer++;
6308 }
6309
6310 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6311 }
6312
6313 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6314 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6315 label when finished. */
6316 static void
6317 pa_text (unused)
6318 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6319 {
6320 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6321 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6322 current_subspace
6323 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6324 #endif
6325
6326 s_text (0);
6327 pa_undefine_label ();
6328 }
6329
6330 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6331 static void
6332 pa_data (unused)
6333 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6334 {
6335 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6336 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6337 current_subspace
6338 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6339 #endif
6340 s_data (0);
6341 pa_undefine_label ();
6342 }
6343
6344 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6345 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6346
6347 <label> .comm <length>
6348
6349 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6350 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6351 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6352 and subspace.
6353
6354 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6355
6356 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6357 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6358 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6359 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6360 a pain.
6361
6362 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6363
6364 static void
6365 pa_comm (unused)
6366 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6367 {
6368 unsigned int size;
6369 symbolS *symbol;
6370 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6371
6372 if (label_symbol)
6373 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6374 else
6375 symbol = NULL;
6376
6377 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6378 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6379
6380 if (symbol)
6381 {
6382 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6383 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6384 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6385
6386 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6387 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6388 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6389 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6390 }
6391 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6392 }
6393 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6394
6395 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6396
6397 static void
6398 pa_end (unused)
6399 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6400 {
6401 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6402 }
6403
6404 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6405 static void
6406 pa_enter (unused)
6407 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6408 {
6409 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6410 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6411 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6412 #endif
6413
6414 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6415 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6416 }
6417
6418 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6419 procesure. */
6420 static void
6421 pa_entry (unused)
6422 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6423 {
6424 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6425 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6426 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6427 #endif
6428
6429 if (!within_procedure)
6430 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6431 else
6432 {
6433 if (!callinfo_found)
6434 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6435 }
6436 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6437 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6438
6439 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6440 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6441 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6442 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6443 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6444
6445 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6446 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6447 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6448 denote the entry and exit points. */
6449 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6450 {
6451 char *where;
6452 unsigned int u;
6453
6454 where = frag_more (0);
6455 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6456 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6457 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6458 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6459 }
6460 #endif
6461 }
6462
6463 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6464 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6465 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6466 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6467
6468 int
6469 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6470 expressionS *resultP;
6471 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6472 expressionS *rightP;
6473 {
6474 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6475 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6476 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6477 {
6478 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6479 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6480 }
6481 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6482 }
6483
6484 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6485
6486 static void
6487 pa_equ (reg)
6488 int reg;
6489 {
6490 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6491 symbolS *symbol;
6492
6493 if (label_symbol)
6494 {
6495 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6496 if (reg)
6497 {
6498 strict = 1;
6499 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6500 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6501 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6502 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6503 }
6504 else
6505 {
6506 expressionS exp;
6507 segT seg;
6508
6509 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6510 seg = expression (&exp);
6511 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6512 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6513 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6514 {
6515 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6516 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6517 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6518 seg = absolute_section;
6519 }
6520 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6521 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6522 }
6523 }
6524 else
6525 {
6526 if (reg)
6527 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6528 else
6529 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6530 }
6531
6532 pa_undefine_label ();
6533 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6534 }
6535
6536 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6537 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6538 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6539
6540 static void
6541 process_exit ()
6542 {
6543 char *where;
6544
6545 where = frag_more (0);
6546
6547 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6548 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6549 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6550 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6551 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6552 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6553 #else
6554 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6555 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6556 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6557 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6558
6559 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6560 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6561 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6562 denote the entry and exit points. */
6563 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6564 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6565 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6566 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6567 #endif
6568 }
6569
6570 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6571
6572 static void
6573 pa_exit (unused)
6574 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6575 {
6576 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6577 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6578 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6579 #endif
6580
6581 if (!within_procedure)
6582 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6583 else
6584 {
6585 if (!callinfo_found)
6586 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6587 else
6588 {
6589 if (!within_entry_exit)
6590 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6591 else
6592 {
6593 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6594 process_exit ();
6595 }
6596 }
6597 }
6598 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6599 }
6600
6601 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6602 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6603 to callers. */
6604
6605 static void
6606 pa_export (unused)
6607 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6608 {
6609 char *name, c, *p;
6610 symbolS *symbol;
6611
6612 name = input_line_pointer;
6613 c = get_symbol_end ();
6614 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6615 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6616 {
6617 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6618 p = input_line_pointer;
6619 *p = c;
6620 input_line_pointer++;
6621 }
6622 else
6623 {
6624 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6625 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6626 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6627 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6628 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6629 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6630 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6631 p = input_line_pointer;
6632 *p = c;
6633 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6634 {
6635 input_line_pointer++;
6636 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6637 }
6638 }
6639
6640 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6641 }
6642
6643 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6644
6645 static void
6646 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6647 symbolS *symbolP;
6648 int is_export;
6649 {
6650 char *name, c, *p;
6651 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6652 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6653 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6654
6655 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6656
6657 {
6658 input_line_pointer += 8;
6659 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6660 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6661 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6662 }
6663 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6664 {
6665 input_line_pointer += 4;
6666 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6667 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6668
6669 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6670 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6671 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6672 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6673 {
6674 if (is_export)
6675 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6676 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6677
6678 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6679 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6680 }
6681 else
6682 {
6683 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6684 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6685 }
6686 }
6687 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6688 {
6689 input_line_pointer += 4;
6690 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6691 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6692 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6693 }
6694 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6695 {
6696 input_line_pointer += 5;
6697 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6698 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6699 }
6700 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6701 {
6702 input_line_pointer += 9;
6703 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6704 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6705 {
6706 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6707 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6708 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6709 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6710 }
6711 #endif
6712 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6713 }
6714 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6715 {
6716 input_line_pointer += 6;
6717 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6718 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6719 }
6720 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6721 {
6722 input_line_pointer += 8;
6723 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6724 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6725 }
6726 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6727 {
6728 input_line_pointer += 8;
6729 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6730 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6731 }
6732
6733 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6734 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6735 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6736 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6737 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6738 #endif
6739
6740 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6741 handle any argument relocation information. */
6742 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6743 {
6744 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6745 input_line_pointer++;
6746 name = input_line_pointer;
6747 c = get_symbol_end ();
6748 /* Argument sources. */
6749 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6750 {
6751 p = input_line_pointer;
6752 *p = c;
6753 input_line_pointer++;
6754 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6755 name = input_line_pointer;
6756 c = get_symbol_end ();
6757 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6758 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6759 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6760 #endif
6761 *input_line_pointer = c;
6762 }
6763 /* The return value. */
6764 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6765 {
6766 p = input_line_pointer;
6767 *p = c;
6768 input_line_pointer++;
6769 name = input_line_pointer;
6770 c = get_symbol_end ();
6771 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6772 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6773 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6774 #endif
6775 *input_line_pointer = c;
6776 }
6777 /* Privelege level. */
6778 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6779 {
6780 p = input_line_pointer;
6781 *p = c;
6782 input_line_pointer++;
6783 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6784 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6785 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6786 #endif
6787 c = get_symbol_end ();
6788 *input_line_pointer = c;
6789 }
6790 else
6791 {
6792 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6793 p = input_line_pointer;
6794 *p = c;
6795 }
6796 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6797 input_line_pointer++;
6798 }
6799 }
6800
6801 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6802 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6803 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6804
6805 static void
6806 pa_import (unused)
6807 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6808 {
6809 char *name, c, *p;
6810 symbolS *symbol;
6811
6812 name = input_line_pointer;
6813 c = get_symbol_end ();
6814
6815 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6816 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6817 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6818 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6819 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6820 {
6821 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6822 p = input_line_pointer;
6823 *p = c;
6824
6825 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6826 {
6827 input_line_pointer++;
6828 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6829 }
6830 else
6831 {
6832 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6833 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6834 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6835 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6836 if (now_seg == text_section)
6837 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6838
6839 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6840 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6841 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6842 }
6843 }
6844 else
6845 {
6846 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6847 the end of the current statement. */
6848 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6849 input_line_pointer++;
6850 }
6851
6852 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6853 }
6854
6855 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6856
6857 static void
6858 pa_label (unused)
6859 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6860 {
6861 char *name, c, *p;
6862
6863 name = input_line_pointer;
6864 c = get_symbol_end ();
6865
6866 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6867 {
6868 colon (name);
6869 p = input_line_pointer;
6870 *p = c;
6871 }
6872 else
6873 {
6874 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6875 }
6876
6877 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6878 {
6879 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6880 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6881 }
6882 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6883 }
6884
6885 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6886
6887 static void
6888 pa_leave (unused)
6889 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6890 {
6891 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6892 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6893 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6894 #endif
6895
6896 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6897 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6898 }
6899
6900 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6901
6902 static void
6903 pa_level (unused)
6904 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6905 {
6906 char *level;
6907
6908 level = input_line_pointer;
6909 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6910 {
6911 input_line_pointer += 3;
6912 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6913 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6914 }
6915 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6916 {
6917 input_line_pointer += 3;
6918 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6919 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6920 }
6921 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6922 {
6923 input_line_pointer += 4;
6924 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6925 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6926 }
6927 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6928 {
6929 input_line_pointer += 3;
6930 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6931 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6932 }
6933 else
6934 {
6935 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6936 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6937 }
6938 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6939 }
6940
6941 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6942
6943 static void
6944 pa_origin (unused)
6945 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6946 {
6947 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6948 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6949 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6950 #endif
6951
6952 s_org (0);
6953 pa_undefine_label ();
6954 }
6955
6956 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6957 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6958
6959 static void
6960 pa_param (unused)
6961 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6962 {
6963 char *name, c, *p;
6964 symbolS *symbol;
6965
6966 name = input_line_pointer;
6967 c = get_symbol_end ();
6968
6969 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6970 {
6971 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6972 p = input_line_pointer;
6973 *p = c;
6974 input_line_pointer++;
6975 }
6976 else
6977 {
6978 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6979 p = input_line_pointer;
6980 *p = c;
6981 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6982 {
6983 input_line_pointer++;
6984 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6985 }
6986 }
6987
6988 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6989 }
6990
6991 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6992 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6993
6994 static void
6995 pa_proc (unused)
6996 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6997 {
6998 struct call_info *call_info;
6999
7000 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7001 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7002 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7003 #endif
7004
7005 if (within_procedure)
7006 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7007
7008 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7009 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7010 within_procedure = TRUE;
7011
7012 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7013 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7014
7015 if (!call_info)
7016 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7017
7018 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7019
7020 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7021
7022 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7023 {
7024 call_info_root = call_info;
7025 last_call_info = call_info;
7026 }
7027 else
7028 {
7029 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7030 last_call_info = call_info;
7031 }
7032
7033 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7034
7035 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7036 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7037 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7038
7039 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7040 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7041 {
7042 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7043
7044 if (label_symbol)
7045 {
7046 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7047 {
7048 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7049 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7050 }
7051 else
7052 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7053 }
7054 else
7055 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7056 }
7057
7058 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7059 }
7060
7061 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7062 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7063
7064 static void
7065 pa_procend (unused)
7066 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7067 {
7068
7069 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7070 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7071 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7072 #endif
7073
7074 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7075 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7076 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7077
7078 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7079 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7080 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7081 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7082 {
7083 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7084
7085 if (label_symbol)
7086 {
7087 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7088 {
7089 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7090 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7091 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7092 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7093 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7094 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7095 if (within_entry_exit)
7096 {
7097 char *where;
7098 unsigned int u;
7099
7100 where = frag_more (0);
7101 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7102 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7103 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7104 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7105 }
7106 #endif
7107 }
7108 else
7109 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7110 }
7111 else
7112 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7113 }
7114
7115 if (!within_procedure)
7116 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7117
7118 if (!callinfo_found)
7119 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7120
7121 if (within_entry_exit)
7122 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7123
7124 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7125 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7126 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7127 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7128 #endif
7129
7130 within_procedure = FALSE;
7131 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7132 pa_undefine_label ();
7133 }
7134
7135 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7136 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7137 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7138
7139 static int
7140 log2 (value)
7141 int value;
7142 {
7143 int shift = 0;
7144
7145 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7146 shift++;
7147
7148 if (shift >= 32)
7149 return -1;
7150 else
7151 return shift;
7152 }
7153
7154 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7155
7156 static void
7157 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7158 {
7159 if (current_space == NULL)
7160 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7161
7162 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7163 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7164 }
7165
7166 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7167 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7168 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7169
7170 static sd_chain_struct *
7171 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7172 char *space_name;
7173 int create_flag;
7174 {
7175 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7176 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7177 int spnum;
7178 asection *seg = NULL;
7179 sd_chain_struct *space;
7180
7181 /* load default values */
7182 spnum = 0;
7183 sort = 0;
7184 loadable = TRUE;
7185 defined = TRUE;
7186 private = FALSE;
7187 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7188 {
7189 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7190 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7191 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7192 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7193 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7194 }
7195 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7196 {
7197 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7198 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7199 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7200 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7201 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7202 }
7203
7204 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7205 {
7206 print_errors = FALSE;
7207 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7208 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7209 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7210 the line should be ignored. */
7211 strict = 0;
7212 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7213 if (pa_number >= 0)
7214 {
7215 spnum = pa_number;
7216 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7217 }
7218 else
7219 {
7220 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7221 {
7222 input_line_pointer++;
7223 name = input_line_pointer;
7224 c = get_symbol_end ();
7225 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7226 {
7227 *input_line_pointer = c;
7228 input_line_pointer++;
7229 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7230 }
7231 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7232 {
7233 *input_line_pointer = c;
7234 input_line_pointer++;
7235 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7236 }
7237 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7238 {
7239 *input_line_pointer = c;
7240 loadable = FALSE;
7241 }
7242 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7243 {
7244 *input_line_pointer = c;
7245 defined = FALSE;
7246 }
7247 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7248 {
7249 *input_line_pointer = c;
7250 private = TRUE;
7251 }
7252 else
7253 {
7254 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7255 *input_line_pointer = c;
7256 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7257 input_line_pointer++;
7258 }
7259 }
7260 }
7261 print_errors = TRUE;
7262 }
7263
7264 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7265 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7266
7267 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7268 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7269 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7270 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7271 if (create_flag)
7272 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7273 private, sort, seg, 1);
7274 else
7275 {
7276 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7277 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7278 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7279 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7280 }
7281
7282 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7283 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7284 #endif
7285
7286 return space;
7287 }
7288
7289 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7290 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7291
7292 static void
7293 pa_space (unused)
7294 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7295 {
7296 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7297 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7298
7299 if (within_procedure)
7300 {
7301 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7302 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7303 }
7304 else
7305 {
7306 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7307 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7308 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7309 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7310 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7311 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7312 {
7313 input_line_pointer += 6;
7314 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7315 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7316 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7317 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7318 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7319
7320 current_space = sd_chain;
7321 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7322 current_subspace
7323 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7324 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7325 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7326 return;
7327 }
7328 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7329 {
7330 input_line_pointer += 9;
7331 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7332 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7333 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7334 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7335 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7336
7337 current_space = sd_chain;
7338 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7339 current_subspace
7340 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7341 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7342 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7343 return;
7344 }
7345 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7346 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7347 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7348 {
7349 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7350 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7351 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7352 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7353 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7354 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7355
7356 current_space = sd_chain;
7357
7358 {
7359 asection *gdb_section
7360 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7361
7362 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7363 current_subspace
7364 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7365 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7366 }
7367 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7368 return;
7369 }
7370
7371 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7372 print_errors = 0;
7373 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7374 strict = 0;
7375 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7376 if (pa_number >= 0)
7377 {
7378 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7379 {
7380 current_space = sd_chain;
7381
7382 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7383 current_subspace
7384 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7385 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7386 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7387 return;
7388 }
7389 }
7390
7391 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7392 print_errors = 1;
7393 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7394 name = input_line_pointer;
7395 c = get_symbol_end ();
7396 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7397 strcpy (space_name, name);
7398 *input_line_pointer = c;
7399
7400 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7401 current_space = sd_chain;
7402
7403 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7404 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7405 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7406 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7407 }
7408 }
7409
7410 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7411
7412 static void
7413 pa_spnum (unused)
7414 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7415 {
7416 char *name;
7417 char c;
7418 char *p;
7419 sd_chain_struct *space;
7420
7421 name = input_line_pointer;
7422 c = get_symbol_end ();
7423 space = is_defined_space (name);
7424 if (space)
7425 {
7426 p = frag_more (4);
7427 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7428 }
7429 else
7430 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7431
7432 *input_line_pointer = c;
7433 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7434 }
7435
7436 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7437 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7438
7439 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7440 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7441
7442 static void
7443 pa_subspace (create_new)
7444 int create_new;
7445 {
7446 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7447 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7448 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7449 sd_chain_struct *space;
7450 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7451 asection *section;
7452
7453 if (current_space == NULL)
7454 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7455
7456 if (within_procedure)
7457 {
7458 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7459 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7460 }
7461 else
7462 {
7463 name = input_line_pointer;
7464 c = get_symbol_end ();
7465 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7466 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7467 *input_line_pointer = c;
7468
7469 /* Load default values. */
7470 sort = 0;
7471 access = 0x7f;
7472 loadable = 1;
7473 common = 0;
7474 dup_common = 0;
7475 code_only = 0;
7476 zero = 0;
7477 space_index = ~0;
7478 alignment = 1;
7479 quadrant = 0;
7480
7481 space = current_space;
7482 if (create_new)
7483 ssd = NULL;
7484 else
7485 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7486 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7487 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7488 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7489 {
7490 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7491 current_subspace = ssd;
7492 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7493 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7494 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7495 return;
7496 }
7497 else
7498 {
7499 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7500 the builtin subspaces. */
7501 i = 0;
7502 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7503 {
7504 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7505 {
7506 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7507 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7508 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7509 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7510 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7511 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7512 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7513 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7514 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7515 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7516 break;
7517 }
7518 i++;
7519 }
7520 }
7521
7522 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7523 any information as specified by the user. */
7524 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7525 {
7526 input_line_pointer++;
7527 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7528 {
7529 name = input_line_pointer;
7530 c = get_symbol_end ();
7531 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7532 {
7533 *input_line_pointer = c;
7534 input_line_pointer++;
7535 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7536 }
7537 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7538 {
7539 *input_line_pointer = c;
7540 input_line_pointer++;
7541 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7542 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7543 {
7544 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7545 alignment = 1;
7546 }
7547 }
7548 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7549 {
7550 *input_line_pointer = c;
7551 input_line_pointer++;
7552 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7553 }
7554 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7555 {
7556 *input_line_pointer = c;
7557 input_line_pointer++;
7558 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7559 }
7560 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7561 {
7562 *input_line_pointer = c;
7563 code_only = 1;
7564 }
7565 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7566 {
7567 *input_line_pointer = c;
7568 loadable = 0;
7569 }
7570 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7571 {
7572 *input_line_pointer = c;
7573 common = 1;
7574 }
7575 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7576 {
7577 *input_line_pointer = c;
7578 dup_common = 1;
7579 }
7580 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7581 {
7582 *input_line_pointer = c;
7583 zero = 1;
7584 }
7585 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7586 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7587 else
7588 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7589 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7590 input_line_pointer++;
7591 }
7592 }
7593
7594 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7595 in the .subspace directive. */
7596 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7597 flags = 0;
7598 if (loadable)
7599 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7600 if (code_only)
7601 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7602 if (common || dup_common)
7603 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7604
7605 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7606
7607 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7608 if (zero)
7609 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7610
7611 applicable &= flags;
7612
7613 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7614 segment already associated with the subspace.
7615
7616 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7617 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7618 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7619 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7620 if (create_new)
7621 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7622 else if (ssd)
7623 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7624 else
7625 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7626
7627 if (zero)
7628 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7629
7630 /* Now set the flags. */
7631 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7632
7633 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7634 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7635
7636 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7637 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7638 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7639
7640 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7641 or create a new one. */
7642 if (ssd)
7643
7644 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7645 code_only, common, dup_common,
7646 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7647 alignment, quadrant,
7648 section);
7649 else
7650 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7651 code_only, common,
7652 dup_common, zero, sort,
7653 access, space_index,
7654 alignment, quadrant, section);
7655
7656 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7657 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7658 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7659 }
7660 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7661 }
7662
7663 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7664
7665 static void
7666 pa_spaces_begin ()
7667 {
7668 int i;
7669
7670 space_dict_root = NULL;
7671 space_dict_last = NULL;
7672
7673 i = 0;
7674 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7675 {
7676 char *name;
7677
7678 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7679 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7680
7681 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7682 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7683 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7684 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7685 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7686 i++;
7687 }
7688
7689 i = 0;
7690 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7691 {
7692 char *name;
7693 int applicable, subsegment;
7694 asection *segment = NULL;
7695 sd_chain_struct *space;
7696
7697 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7698 subsegment number. */
7699 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7700 subsegment = 0;
7701
7702 /* Create the new section. */
7703 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7704
7705 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7706 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7707 all the built-in subspaces. */
7708 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7709 {
7710 text_section = segment;
7711 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7712 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7713 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7714 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7715 | SEC_READONLY
7716 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7717 }
7718 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7719 {
7720 data_section = segment;
7721 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7722 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7723 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7724 | SEC_RELOC
7725 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7726
7727 }
7728 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7729 {
7730 bss_section = segment;
7731 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7732 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7733 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7734 }
7735 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7736 {
7737 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7738 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7739 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7740 | SEC_RELOC
7741 | SEC_READONLY
7742 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7743 }
7744 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7745 {
7746 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7747 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7748 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7749 | SEC_RELOC
7750 | SEC_READONLY
7751 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7752 }
7753 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7754 {
7755 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7756 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7757 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7758 | SEC_RELOC
7759 | SEC_READONLY
7760 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7761 }
7762
7763 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7764 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7765 def_space_index].segment);
7766 if (space == NULL)
7767 {
7768 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7769 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7770 }
7771
7772 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7773 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7774 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7775 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7776 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7777 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7778 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7779 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7780 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7781 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7782 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7783 segment);
7784 i++;
7785 }
7786 }
7787
7788 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7789 by the given parameters. */
7790
7791 static sd_chain_struct *
7792 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7793 sort, seg, user_defined)
7794 char *name;
7795 int spnum;
7796 int loadable;
7797 int defined;
7798 int private;
7799 int sort;
7800 asection *seg;
7801 int user_defined;
7802 {
7803 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7804
7805 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7806 if (!chain_entry)
7807 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7808 name);
7809
7810 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7811 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7812 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7813 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7814 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7815
7816 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7817 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7818 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7819 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7820
7821 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7822 if (!space_dict_last)
7823 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7824
7825 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7826 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7827 else
7828 {
7829 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7830 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7831
7832 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7833 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7834
7835 while (chain_pointer)
7836 {
7837 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7838 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7839 }
7840
7841 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7842 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7843 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7844 {
7845 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7846 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7847 }
7848 else
7849 {
7850 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7851 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7852 }
7853
7854 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7855 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7856 }
7857
7858 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7859 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7860 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7861 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7862 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7863 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7864 #endif
7865
7866 return chain_entry;
7867 }
7868
7869 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7870 by the given parameters.
7871
7872 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7873 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7874
7875 static ssd_chain_struct *
7876 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7877 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7878 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7879 sd_chain_struct *space;
7880 char *name;
7881 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7882 int sort;
7883 int access;
7884 int space_index;
7885 int alignment;
7886 int quadrant;
7887 asection *seg;
7888 {
7889 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7890
7891 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7892 if (!chain_entry)
7893 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7894
7895 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7896 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7897
7898 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7899 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7900 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7901
7902 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7903 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7904 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7905
7906 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7907 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7908 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7909 else
7910 {
7911 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7912 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7913
7914 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7915 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7916
7917 while (chain_pointer)
7918 {
7919 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7920 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7921 }
7922
7923 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7924 the links. */
7925 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7926 {
7927 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7928 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7929 }
7930 else
7931 {
7932 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7933 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7934 }
7935 }
7936
7937 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7938 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7939 sort, quadrant);
7940 #endif
7941
7942 return chain_entry;
7943 }
7944
7945 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7946 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7947
7948 static ssd_chain_struct *
7949 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7950 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7951 sd_chain_struct *space;
7952 char *name;
7953 int loadable;
7954 int code_only;
7955 int common;
7956 int dup_common;
7957 int zero;
7958 int sort;
7959 int access;
7960 int space_index;
7961 int alignment;
7962 int quadrant;
7963 asection *section;
7964 {
7965 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7966
7967 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7968
7969 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7970 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7971 sort, quadrant);
7972 #endif
7973
7974 return chain_entry;
7975 }
7976
7977 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7978 NULL if no such space exists. */
7979
7980 static sd_chain_struct *
7981 is_defined_space (name)
7982 char *name;
7983 {
7984 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7985
7986 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7987 chain_pointer;
7988 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7989 {
7990 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7991 return chain_pointer;
7992 }
7993
7994 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7995 return NULL;
7996 }
7997
7998 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7999 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
8000
8001 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8002 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8003
8004 static sd_chain_struct *
8005 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8006 asection *seg;
8007 {
8008 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8009
8010 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8011 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8012 space_chain;
8013 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8014 {
8015 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8016 return space_chain;
8017 }
8018
8019 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8020 return NULL;
8021 }
8022
8023 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8024 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8025
8026 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8027 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8028 own subspace. */
8029
8030 static ssd_chain_struct *
8031 is_defined_subspace (name)
8032 char *name;
8033 {
8034 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8035 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8036
8037 /* Walk through each space. */
8038 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8039 space_chain;
8040 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8041 {
8042 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8043 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8044 subspace_chain;
8045 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8046 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8047 return subspace_chain;
8048 }
8049
8050 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8051 return NULL;
8052 }
8053
8054 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8055 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8056
8057 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8058 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8059 to become more efficient. */
8060
8061 static ssd_chain_struct *
8062 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8063 asection *seg;
8064 subsegT subseg;
8065 {
8066 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8067 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8068
8069 /* Walk through each space. */
8070 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8071 space_chain;
8072 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8073 {
8074 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8075 {
8076 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8077 the correct mapping. */
8078 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8079 subspace_chain;
8080 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8081 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8082 return subspace_chain;
8083 }
8084 }
8085
8086 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8087 return NULL;
8088 }
8089
8090 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8091
8092 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8093 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8094
8095 static sd_chain_struct *
8096 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8097 int number;
8098 {
8099 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8100
8101 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8102 space_chain;
8103 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8104 {
8105 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8106 return space_chain;
8107 }
8108
8109 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8110 return NULL;
8111 }
8112
8113 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8114 address is unknown then return zero. */
8115
8116 static unsigned int
8117 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8118 sd_chain_struct *space;
8119 int quadrant;
8120 {
8121 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8122 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8123 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8124 return 0x40000000;
8125 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8126 return 0x40000000;
8127 else
8128 return 0;
8129 return 0;
8130 }
8131
8132 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8133 static int
8134 pa_next_subseg (space)
8135 sd_chain_struct *space;
8136 {
8137
8138 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8139 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8140 }
8141 #endif
8142
8143 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8144 a string. */
8145
8146 static unsigned int
8147 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8148 char *s;
8149 {
8150 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8151
8152 switch (c)
8153 {
8154 case '\"':
8155 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8156 break;
8157 default:
8158 break;
8159 }
8160 return c;
8161 }
8162
8163 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8164
8165 static void
8166 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8167 int append_zero;
8168 {
8169 char *s, num_buf[4];
8170 unsigned int c;
8171 int i;
8172
8173 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8174 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8175 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8176
8177 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8178 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8179 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8180 #endif
8181
8182 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8183 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8184
8185 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8186 {
8187 if (c == '\\')
8188 {
8189 c = *s;
8190 switch (c)
8191 {
8192 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8193 case 'x':
8194 {
8195 unsigned int number;
8196 int num_digit;
8197 char dg;
8198 char *s_start = s;
8199
8200 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8201 s++;
8202 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8203 num_digit < 2
8204 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8205 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8206 num_digit++)
8207 {
8208 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8209 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8210 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8211 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8212 else
8213 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8214
8215 s++;
8216 dg = *s;
8217 }
8218 if (num_digit > 0)
8219 {
8220 switch (num_digit)
8221 {
8222 case 1:
8223 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8224 break;
8225 case 2:
8226 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8227 break;
8228 }
8229 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8230 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8231 }
8232 break;
8233 }
8234 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8235 default:
8236 s++;
8237 break;
8238 }
8239 }
8240 }
8241 stringer (append_zero);
8242 pa_undefine_label ();
8243 }
8244
8245 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8246
8247 static void
8248 pa_version (unused)
8249 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8250 {
8251 obj_version (0);
8252 pa_undefine_label ();
8253 }
8254
8255 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8256
8257 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8258
8259 static void
8260 pa_compiler (unused)
8261 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8262 {
8263 obj_som_compiler (0);
8264 pa_undefine_label ();
8265 }
8266
8267 #endif
8268
8269 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8270
8271 static void
8272 pa_copyright (unused)
8273 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8274 {
8275 obj_copyright (0);
8276 pa_undefine_label ();
8277 }
8278
8279 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8280 the latest space label. */
8281
8282 static void
8283 pa_cons (nbytes)
8284 int nbytes;
8285 {
8286 cons (nbytes);
8287 pa_undefine_label ();
8288 }
8289
8290 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8291
8292 static void
8293 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8294 int float_type;
8295 {
8296 float_cons (float_type);
8297 pa_undefine_label ();
8298 }
8299
8300 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8301
8302 static void
8303 pa_fill (unused)
8304 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8305 {
8306 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8307 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8308 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8309 #endif
8310
8311 s_fill (0);
8312 pa_undefine_label ();
8313 }
8314
8315 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8316
8317 static void
8318 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8319 int needs_align;
8320 {
8321 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8322 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8323 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8324 #endif
8325
8326 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8327 pa_undefine_label ();
8328 }
8329
8330 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8331
8332 static void
8333 pa_lsym (unused)
8334 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8335 {
8336 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8337 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8338 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8339 #endif
8340
8341 s_lsym (0);
8342 pa_undefine_label ();
8343 }
8344
8345 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8346 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8347 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8348
8349 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8350 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8351 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8352 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8353 with the address of "foo").
8354
8355 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8356 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8357 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8358
8359 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8360 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8361 selectors).
8362
8363 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8364 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8365
8366 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8367 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8368 right bits out of an instruction. */
8369
8370 int
8371 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8372 fixS *fixp;
8373 {
8374 reloc_type code;
8375 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8376
8377 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8378
8379 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8380 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8381 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8382 return 0;
8383 #endif
8384
8385 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8386 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8387 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8388 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8389 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8390 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8391 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8392
8393 switch (code)
8394 {
8395 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8396 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8397 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8398 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8399 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8400
8401 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8402 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8403 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8404 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8405 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8406 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8407 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8408 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8409 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8410 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8411 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8412 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8413 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8414 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8415
8416 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8417 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8418 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8419 return 0;
8420 default:
8421 break;
8422 }
8423 #endif
8424
8425 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8426 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8427
8428 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8429 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8430 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8431 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8432 && fixp->fx_subsy
8433 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8434 return 0;
8435
8436 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8437
8438 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8439 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8440 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8441 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8442 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8443 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8444 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8445 sum to the right value.
8446
8447 eg. Suppose we have
8448 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8449 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8450 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8451
8452 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8453 reducing to the section symbol we get
8454 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8455 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8456 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8457 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8458 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8459
8460 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8461 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8462 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8463 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8464 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8465
8466 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8467 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8468 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8469 return 0;
8470
8471 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8472 relocations with plabels. */
8473 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8474 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8475 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8476 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8477 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8478 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8479 return 0;
8480
8481 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8482 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8483 return 0;
8484
8485 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8486 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8487 return 0;
8488
8489 return 1;
8490 }
8491
8492 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8493 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8494 within GAS. */
8495
8496 int
8497 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8498 struct fix *fixp;
8499 {
8500 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8501
8502 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8503 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8504 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8505 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8506 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8507 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8508 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8509 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8510 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8511 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8512 return 1;
8513 #endif
8514 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8515 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8516 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8517 return 1;
8518 #endif
8519
8520 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8521
8522 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8523 linking works. */
8524 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8525 return 1;
8526
8527 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8528 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8529 call stub. */
8530 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8531 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8532 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8533 return 1;
8534
8535 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8536 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8537 {
8538 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8539 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8540
8541 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8542
8543 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8544 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8545 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8546 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8547 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8548 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8549 #endif
8550
8551 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8552 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8553 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8554 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8555 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8556 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8557 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8558 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8559 )
8560 return 1;
8561 }
8562
8563 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8564 return 1;
8565
8566 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8567 return 0;
8568 }
8569
8570 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8571 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8572 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8573 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
8574
8575 static void
8576 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8577 {
8578 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8579 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8580 char *name;
8581
8582 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8583 {
8584 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8585 or other problems. */
8586 return;
8587 }
8588
8589 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8590 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8591 + 1);
8592 if (name)
8593 {
8594 symbolS *symbolP;
8595
8596 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8597 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8598
8599 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8600 symbol will have already been defined. */
8601 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8602 if (symbolP)
8603 {
8604 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8605 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8606
8607 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8608 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8609 xfree (name);
8610 }
8611 else
8612 {
8613 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8614 last instruction of the function */
8615 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8616 frag_now);
8617
8618 assert (symbolP);
8619 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8620 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8621 }
8622
8623 if (symbolP)
8624 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8625 else
8626 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8627
8628 }
8629 else
8630 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8631
8632 }
8633
8634 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8635 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8636 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8637 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8638
8639 void
8640 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8641 {
8642 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8643
8644 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8645 call_info_pointer;
8646 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8647 {
8648 elf_symbol_type *esym
8649 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8650 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8651 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8652 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8653 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8654 }
8655 }
8656
8657 static void
8658 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8659 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8660 {
8661 struct fix *new_fix;
8662
8663 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8664
8665 if (new_fix)
8666 {
8667 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8668 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8669 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8670 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8671 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8672 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8673 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8674 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8675 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8676 }
8677 }
8678
8679 static void
8680 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8681 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8682 {
8683 struct fix *new_fix;
8684
8685 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8686
8687 if (new_fix)
8688 {
8689 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8690 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8691 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8692 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8693 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8694 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8695 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8696 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8697 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8698 }
8699 }
8700 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.304446 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.